An offering statement pursuant to Regulation A relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained in this Preliminary Offering Circular is subject to completion or amendment. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted before the offering statement filed with the Commission is qualified. This Preliminary Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor may there be any sales of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful before registration or qualification under the laws of any such state. We may elect to satisfy our obligation to deliver a Final Offering Circular by sending you a notice within two business days after the completion of our sale to you that contains the URL where the Final Offering Circular or the offering statement in which such Final Offering Circular was filed may be obtained.
Subject to Completion. Dated December 19, 2016
PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR
NEW MEDIA TRADER, INC.
dba Social BlueBook

31563 Lindero Canyon Road, Unit 2
Westlake Village, California 91361
310.948-7954
www.socialbluebook.com
UP TO 4,000,000 SHARES OF SERIES A-1 PREFERRED STOCK+
See SECURITIES BEING OFFERED at Page 33 for additional details.
| Price Per Share to the Public | Total Number of Shares Being Offered | Proceeds to Issuer Before Expenses, Discounts and Commission* | ||||||||||
| Series A-1 Preferred Stock | $ | 3.0029 | 4,000,000 | $ | 12,011,600 | |||||||
+To be designated by amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
* Does not include expenses of the offering. We intend to sell our Series A-1 Preferred Stock through our officers, who will not receive any additional compensation for their selling efforts. We may engage a placement agent, who would be a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and registered with the U.S Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker or dealer. See “Plan of Distribution.” We expect that the amount of expenses, other than commissions, of the offering that it will pay will be approximately $240,000, not including state filing fees.
The offering will terminate at the earlier of: (1) the date at which the maximum offering amount has been sold, (2) the date which is one year from this offering being qualified by the Commission, or (3) the date at which the offering is earlier terminated by us in our sole discretion. We are conducting this offering on a best-efforts basis without any minimum target. We may undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis. After each closing, funds tendered by investors will be available to the company.
The Series A-1 Preferred Stock are non-voting shares. Our two founders hold 86% of the voting power of the company. See “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS”
GENERALLY NO SALE MAY BE MADE TO YOU IN THIS OFFERING IF THE AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE YOU PAY IS MORE THAN 10% OF THE GREATER OF YOUR ANNUAL INCOME OR NET WORTH. DIFFERENT RULES APPLY TO ACCREDITED INVESTORS AND NON-NATURAL PERSONS. BEFORE MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION THAT YOUR INVESTMENT DOES NOT EXCEED APPLICABLE THRESHOLDS, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REVIEW RULE 251(d)(2)(i)(C) OF REGULATION A. FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ON INVESTING, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REFER TO www.investor.gov.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock or preferred stock. We do not currently have plans to list our common stock or preferred stock on any securities market.
Investing in our Series A-1 Preferred Stock involves risk. See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 4 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Series A-1 Preferred Stock.
THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL OF ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
We are following the “Offering Circular” format of disclosure under Regulation A.
SocialBluebook® is a registered trademark of New Media Trader, Inc.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This offering statement contains forward-looking statements, which include information concerning our liquidity and our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business strategies. These statements often include words such as “believe,” “expect,” “project,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “target,” “seek,” “will,” “may,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “forecasts,” “more,” “goal,” or similar expressions. The statements are based on assumptions that we have made, based on our experience in the industry as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments, and other factors we think are appropriate. We believe these judgments are reasonable. However, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. Our actual results could differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements.
There are a number of risks, uncertainties, and other important factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this offering statement. Such risks, uncertainties, and other important factors include, among others, the risks, uncertainties, and factors set forth below under “Risk Factors,” “Use of Intended Proceeds” and “Financial Condition.”
We urge you to read this offering statement, including the uncertainties and factors discussed under “Risk Factors,” completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from expectations. All forward-looking statements made in this offering statement are qualified by these cautionary statements. The forward looking statements contained in this offering statement speak only as of the date of this offering statement. We undertake no obligation, other than as may be required by law, to update or revise any forward-looking or cautionary statements to reflect changes in assumptions, the occurrence of events, unanticipated or otherwise, or changes in future operating results over time or otherwise.
This summary highlights information contained in this Offering Circular and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. We have generated minimal revenues, have incurred net losses since inception, and our auditors have issued a going concern opinion. Before investing in our Series A-1 Preferred Stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the information in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
The Company
Social Bluebook® provides social media content creators with online tools they can use to calculate their worth to advertisers. Marketing professionals are just now realizing there is value to teaming up with online video personalities who are drawing viewers with the content they post on platforms like YouTube and Instagram. This is especially true now that so many Web surfers are using ad-blocking software, making the traditional pop-up and banner ads ineffective.
But both the advertisers and the content creators don’t always know how to express that value in dollars and cents. Just how much should a popular content creator charge for discussing a product or service? How does a brand select the right social-media star to talk about its product and how much should it pay this new kind of market influencer?
This is where our flagship product Social Bluebook® comes in. It simplifies and streamlines the process of executing influencer marketing for both advertisers and online content creators. Content creators connect their social media platforms to our assessment tools, and the application uses a proprietary algorithm that produces a money amount that both advertisers and creators can use as a starting point for negotiating a price. The app uses data including audience demographics, level of reach and engagement and digital reach to calculate a creator’s worth. This provides the two parties (content creators and advertisers) to a promotion transaction with a documented basis for advertising rate negotiations.
Content creators don’t pay a thing to use Social Bluebook’s® tools. Advertisers pay Social Bluebook® a set percentage of the fee they negotiate with content creators.
Social Bluebook® was started by creators for creators to bring transparency to the online marketplace. It was designed to simplify and streamline the process of executing influencer marketing for both advertisers and online content creators. Social Bluebook’s® goal is to help social media influencers make the money they deserve so they can do what they love.
| 1 |
Growth Opportunity
Influencer marketing is taking a leading role in how marketers create public awareness of their companies’ products and services and convert prospects into customers. The timing of our entry into the online marketplace is opportune as marketing firms are just discovering that the traditional “ad-buy” media placement of their advertising is being superseded by product placement and endorsements. This transition has been forecast for at least several decades, but the combination of technologies, mobile applications, and consumer preferences have converged to drive the promotion of products and services to social media platforms.
This shift is due to two factors:
| ● | The increasing volume of consumers who consume their entertainment and information content through Internet links (social media, Netflix, etc.); and, |
| ● | The fact that the Internet is digital content dominated by software, including products that block ads. |
Traditional advertising attempted to migrate to the Internet through pop-up ads and click revenue models, but by 2015 many traditional ads on the Internet were blocked by anti-advertising software. According to an industry report by Page Fair, the estimated loss of global ad revenue in 2015 due to ad-blocking software was $21.8 billion. This has advanced the opportunity for “product placement” with social media influencers to become the preferred mode of 21st Century marketing.
Social media influencers are people who create and/or distribute content via social media and the Internet and who have attracted a loyal and sizable following. Their content affects how their “followers” and “connections” perceive the world, and it influences them to take action, such as purchasing a product or service.
Social media influencer marketing is unique in that not only does the content creator develop content that allows for easy and seamless integration of the product placement/advertisement, but oftentimes consumers tune in specifically to hear/see what the influencer has to say about a particular product. This marketing technique is non-intrusive and results in a quasi-endorsement of the product or service. Influencer marketing is not about the message from the brand; it's about the passion the influencers feel for the brands they use that they convey to their followers.
In 2015, the influencer marketing agency Mediakix estimated the advertising spend in influencer marketing at $500 million. Furthermore it projects the influencer marketing space to increase to $5 billion to $10 billion by 2020. Advertisers are recognizing the power and the cost-effectiveness of using social media influencer marketing over other marketing techniques. Social Bluebook Marketplace™ is the conduit through which advertisers and influencers meet, communicate and collaborate on product placement opportunities. We are harnessing the power of this new paradigm, wherein the creators’ content, demographic reach, and passion is married to the advertisers’ products or services to create a more personal, directed, and relatable marketing message for the consumer.
For advertisers, influencer marketing can be key to boosting sales and overall marketing results. Whether they are trying to build brand awareness or promote a product, utilizing creators helps to engage a specific target audience drawn in by unique, customized and engaging content.
| 2 |
The Offering
Securities outstanding:
Common Stock: 5,208,956 shares
Series A Preferred Stock: 2,138,078 shares
Series A-1 Preferred Stock: none
Securities offered: Maximum of 4,000,000 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock
Offering price: $3.0029 per share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock
Terms of the securities:
The Series A-1 Preferred Stock has the rights and privileges set forth in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time. These rights include preference over the Company’s common stock with respect to distribution of dividends and distribution of proceeds in the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our business, as further described below. Holders of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock will have the right to convert their shares to common stock at any time, and will be automatically converted to common stock upon the closing of a firm-commitment underwritten registered public offering of our common stock as described in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The conversion rate may change from time to time if we complete a stock split, reorganization, recapitalization, or the like, but the initial conversion rate will be one-to-one. The conversion rate of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock will not be adjusted as a result of future issuances of our capital stock below the offering price of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock.
The Series A-1 Preferred Stock are non-voting except as required by law. Holders of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock will be bound by the Subscription Agreement, which includes certain representations and warranties to be made by the Investor, indemnification obligations in the event the Investor makes any false representation or warranty or fails to comply with any covenant in the Subscription Agreement or related documents, a drag-along obligation in the event of a sale of the Company, pursuant to which the Investor agrees to support a sale of the Company, a market stand-off agreement, pursuant to which the Investor may not transfer shares for a 180-day period following an initial public offering, and certain conditions to transfer of the shares, including agreement of the transferee to be bound by the terms of the Subscription Agreement.
In addition, the shares are subject to certain restrictions on transferability pursuant to the securities laws. The Company may require an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such offer, sale or transfer complies with the Securities Act of 1933 and any applicable state securities laws.
In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of our Series A-1 Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of the common stock, an amount per share equal to the price per share in this offering (subject to adjustment for stock splits, reorganizations, and the like). If the assets of the Company are insufficient to pay all holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, amounts distributed will be reduced pro rata in proportion to the amounts each holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled.
Holders of our Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. Series A-1 Preferred Stock will receive dividends, if any, in preference to the holders of common stock. We have never declared or paid cash dividends on any of our capital stock and currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after this offering or in the foreseeable future. Holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock do not, by virtue thereof, have any rights of first offer with respect to future issuances of Company capital stock, rights to require the Company to redeem the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, rights to demand registration of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, or rights to receive certain information described in the Company’s Investors’ Rights Agreement. Certain, but not all, of the foregoing rights are provided to certain holders of Series A Preferred Stock.
See “Securities being Offered – Series A-1 Preferred Stock.”
| 3 |
Dilution from Conversion of Convertible Notes:
Prior to this Offering, we raised $1,287,167, and we are authorized to raise an additional $450,000, through the sale of convertible promissory notes (“Convertible Notes”). One of the Convertible Notes, with a principal amount of two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) becomes due and payable on January 5, 2017; the second of the Convertible Notes, with a principal balance of nine thousand one hundred sixty-seven dollars ($9,167), becomes due and payable on January 23, 2017; the remaining Convertible Notes become due and payable ranging from July, 2017 through December 2018.
If the gross proceeds of this Offering is at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) (not including the conversion of the Convertible Notes) on or before the Convertible Notes’ due date, then (i) an aggregate principal amount of $499,167 of the outstanding principal amount of the Convertible Notes, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, shall automatically convert into the Series A-1 Preferred Stock at a conversion price equal to eighty percent (80.0%) of the per-share price paid by investors in this Offering, or $2.40 per share, and (ii) an aggregate principal amount of $1,238,000 (which includes $450,000 in principal amount of authorized but unsold notes) of the principal amount of the Convertible notes, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, shall automatically convert into Series A-1 Preferred Stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of ten million dollars ($10 million) divided by the aggregate number of outstanding shares of common stock (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Convertible Notes), or $1.25 per share.
If the gross proceeds of this Offering is not at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) prior to the maturity date of the Convertible Notes, then the Holders of those Convertible Notes, in their sole option, may, effective as of the maturity date, elect either to: (i) allow the Convertible Notes to remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue; or (ii) convert the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of (a) in the case of $499,167 in principal amount of the notes, four million dollars ($4,000,000), and (b) in the case of $1,238,000 in principal amount of the notes, eight million dollars ($8,000,000), divided by the aggregate number of shares of our common stock outstanding at such time (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Convertible Notes) plus any unallocated shares under our equity incentive plan, or $0.50 per share and $1.00, respectively.
If we consummate an equity financing transaction after a Holder has converted the Convertible Note into shares of our common stock, the Holder shall, at the time of such post-conversion financing, have the right to exchange such shares of our common stock into the same class or series of securities issued in the post-conversion financing (and on the same terms and conditions as such post-conversion financing), based on the then-outstanding principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest under the Notes at the time of the conversion of such amounts into shares of our common stock.
The rights of the Holders of the Convertible Notes to convert their shares into Series A-1 Preferred Stock at prices per share substantially below the price per share offered to investors in this Offering will result in substantial dilution to investors in this Offering. See “Capitalization,” “Dilution” and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation – Liquidity – Convertible Notes.
| 4 |
Investing in our Series A-1 Preferred Stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information contained in this offering statement, including “Financial Condition,” and our financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this offering statement, before you decide whether to purchase our Series A-1 Preferred Stock. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. The occurrence of any of the following risks or future or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Risks Relating to Our Business
We are a development-stage Company with limited operating history, minimal operating capital, no significant assets and without significant revenue from operations. Our auditor has issued a going concern opinion; our growth plans depend on our ability to raise investment capital in the future.
We have a history of accumulated deficits from operating losses that may continue into the foreseeable future. Our auditor has issued a “going concern” opinion on the Company’s financial statements. The Company lacks liquidity to satisfy obligations as they come due. Startups often depend on raising several rounds of additional capital until they’re profitable. We have minimal operating capital and for the foreseeable future we will be dependent upon our ability to finance our operations from the sale of additional equity or other financing alternatives. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully raise operating capital. The failure to successfully raise operating capital could result in our bankruptcy or other event which would have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders. We have no significant assets or financial resources, so the failure to raise sufficient operating capital could put your investment dollars at significant risk.
We have not yet developed any significant revenues from our business model, and they may not successfully materialize.
We have not yet developed any significant revenue streams. To date, our revenue in 2015 of $40,000 was derived from a one-time project to locate influencers to promote our customer’s application.
We may not be able to commercialize our advertising business model and scale it effectively. In addition, prevailing rates for advertising may fluctuate in ways that are unfavorable to us. Moreover, we may not be successful in acquiring new advertisers. The other revenue streams we anticipate developing, including subscription services, are yet to be developed and are uncertain in their timing and size.
| 5 |
We have incurred significant losses since our inception, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses in the future.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, we reported a net loss of $(844,479). We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase as we continue to seek to grow our audience and operations. The size and duration of our future losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and revenues. In addition, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect the timing of our financial and operating expectations. Even if we are able to grow our revenues, this may not occur quickly enough to sustain our operations.
A large portion of our projected revenue would be generated from fees we generate on advertising. We may be unable to attract or retain advertisers, which could adversely affect our future revenue. Additionally, even if we are successful in retaining advertisers, our future advertising revenue is likely to be affected by numerous factors, including economic conditions, audience fragmentation and evolving digital advertising market dynamics.
Our success depends on our ability to develop, maintain and expand our relationships with advertisers, advertising exchanges and advertising agencies. The relationship building process can take many months and we may be unsuccessful at winning business with any given advertiser or agency. We may invest significant resources in developing relationships with advertisers and still be unsuccessful at obtaining their business or only succeed in obtaining short-term commitments from them. Our business model is relatively new and we are often required to spend substantial time and effort educating potential advertisers, publishers and content providers about our solutions, including providing demonstrations. If we are not successful in attracting and maintaining relationships with advertisers and increasing the efficiency and rates of return from our sales processes, our business may be adversely affected.
We currently serve an already crowded influencer marketplace industry with new entrants joining regularly, and challenges are created by the need to identify new entrants continuously, while also managing a rapidly growing client-base.
The influencer marketplace industry is highly competitive. Our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do. Heightened competition, significant pricing initiatives or discount programs established by competitors or new entrants could create additional competitive pressures that reduce margins and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. See, Risks related to the influencer marketplace industry.
We are dependent on creators’ ability to attract and influence audiences through social media platforms, and any material disruptions or impairments in their ability to use social media platforms would adversely affect our business.
Our creators use a number of social media platforms. We are dependent on our creators access to all of these social media platforms to develop audiences, and we control none of these platforms. If there are any material disruptions in creators’ ability to promote on such platforms, or if we are materially impaired in our ability to use data from any such platforms or to measure the effectiveness of the creators, then our business could be materially adversely affected.
| 6 |
We must continue to attract and retain both creators and advertisers in order for our business to be successful.
Our business is equally dependent upon two groups of people: those who create content and want to make it available to advertisers and advertisers who desire to use creators’ social platforms to promote products and services. Our business cannot be successful – cannot operate – if we have one group but not the other. In addition, the numbers of creators and users each must continue to grow or our business could suffer. If the number of creators does not grow, we may not be able to attract large numbers of advertisers and encourage them to use and continue to use our analytic tools to find suitable creators. If the number of advertisers does not grow, we may not be able to attract and retain large numbers of creators.
No major barriers, other than our proprietary technology, exist for potential competitors to enter this marketplace, and if we fail to protect our intellectual property, our business could be harmed. There may be other algorithms in the future that can service the market as well or better than ours.
The barriers are relatively low for creating a platform such as ours that matches influencers with advertisers and that, along with the potentially huge market for advertising, could add to the competition we face. New competitors could have the ability to raise large amounts of money, and through ambitious marketing could surpass our brand awareness. Our competitive edge could be affected by the competition’s pricing strategies, the amount of resources they devote to marketing efforts, the public’s awareness of their brands and their quicker response to advances in technology.
We make a significant effort to protect our intellectual property rights including our trade secrets, trademarks, copyright and those rights pertaining to our search algorithms. Even with our efforts to protect our rights, there is a possibility that parties lacking authorization will attempt to copy our intellectual property and use our trade secrets. If that should happen, our business could be harmed. In addition, we may be forced into litigation, which often is expensive and time-consuming, to protect our trade-secret rights. The outcome of such litigation could have a negative impact on our competitive position.
We hold trademarks for our brand names and own our Internet domain name. Any unauthorized use of those names or challenges to our rights to them could affect our business.
We have registered the name “Social Bluebook” as a trademark in the United States. Even so, our competitors could choose to use our names or purchase rights to names similar to ours as Internet search terms, which could cause confusion for the public and interfere with our efforts to build our brand. There also is the possibility that owners of other trademarks with elements similar to our name could make infringement claims against us, which could harm our reputation and affect our business.
| 7 |
Our goal of generating a greater percentage of our revenue from large advertisers could require more resources to provide the services required, which could increase our operating costs and hurt our business.
Part of our growth strategy is to focus on attracting larger companies that have advertising needs. Historically most of our revenue has come from medium- and small-sized companies. By working with larger companies, we may face increased service requirements, greater indemnification requirements, more intense pricing pressure, and the need for additional working capital to accommodate the larger receivables and collections issues that are likely to occur as a result of being paid on credit terms. If we are unable to adequately address those demands, it may affect our ability to work with greater numbers of large companies, which may adversely affect our results of operations and future growth.
We may not be able to increase the awareness of our brand in the marketplace as quickly or as effectively as is necessary to insure revenue growth.
To increase revenues we must attract creators who have large social platforms. To accomplish this, we must increase our visibility in the marketplace. Potential creators and advertisers must be aware we exist and be able to find us. We need to demonstrate how our website can be useful to them. That could require us to devote more resources to marketing efforts, including advertising and other expenses, to build public awareness of our brand.
Even with an enhanced marketing effort, there is no guarantee that we will be able to increase the number of new visitors to our website and in turn, convert them into registered users or paying customers. Any number of conditions could affect the success of our marketing efforts, including a poorly executed campaign, the failure to expand our creator base to keep advertisers coming back for more, or an inability to keep up with new technologies, which could have a negative impact on user experience with our website and adversely affect our results of operations and future growth.
If we do not successfully integrate past or potential future acquisitions, our business could be adversely affected.
We may pursue acquisitions in the future to enhance our business offerings. The benefits resulting from an acquisition could take a significant amount of time to – or may never – emerge. Future acquisitions or investments could result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, use of large amounts of cash or incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses. Any of these could adversely affect our financial condition.
In addition, integration of a new Company's operations, assets and personnel with ours could consume a considerable amount of management’s time. There are other potential risks associated with acquisitions, including outstanding, unforeseen or hidden liabilities, information security weaknesses, inability to generate revenue to offset the cost of acquiring a Company, and the potential for losing or harming relationships with our customers, suppliers and employees.
The threat of unauthorized use of our platform is a source of lost revenue.
Although we seek to limit by contract an advertiser’s ability to circumvent us in transacting with creators who we introduce, such conduct can’t always be effectively enforced. Therefore there is always the threat of advertisers circumventing us by transacting directly with creators after meeting them through our platform without authorization and without paying our fees. We cannot guarantee this won’t happen and if it does, it equates to money lost.
| 8 |
Any third-party claims of infringement or other intellectual property rights violations could be costly and could substantially hurt our business.
Third parties may in the future assert that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated their intellectual property rights, and as we face increasing competition, the possibility of intellectual property rights claims against us grows. Existing laws and regulations are evolving and subject to different interpretations, and new laws or regulations may be enacted. It is possible that we are or will be infringing on or violating third-party intellectual property rights or rights related to technology use.
It may be necessary to devote significant personnel time and financial resources to defending against infringement or misappropriation claims. If judgment is against us, we may be required to pay damages and attorneys’ fees; we may be ordered to cease making, licensing or using content that we infringed or misappropriated; we may be forced to expend additional development resources to redesign our technology; we may have to enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to use necessary technologies, content, or materials; and we may need to indemnify our partners and other third parties. Royalty or licensing agreements may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or not available at all.
We may need to raise additional capital in the future with no guarantee we will be able to do so on acceptable terms or at all.
We expect to continue to invest in our business to help it grow and we may require additional funds for such things as infrastructure and technology improvements, developing new features, adding to our personnel or acquiring a Company. We may need to seek equity or debt financings. If either or both were to happen, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our preferred stock or common stock. Any future debt financing could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters. That could make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our business growth could suffer and our ability to respond to business challenges could be harmed.
If we experience significant growth and we fail to effectively manage it, our business and operating results may suffer.
If we experience significant growth, we will experience demands on our management and our operational and financial infrastructure that will require us to commit substantial financial, operational and technical resources to management. Continued growth could also strain our ability to maintain reliable operation of our online marketplaces for our content creators and advertisers, develop and improve our operational, financial and management controls, enhance our reporting systems and procedures and recruit, train and retain highly skilled personnel. If our operations grow, we will need to improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure, which will require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources. If we fail to allocate limited resources effectively in our organization as it grows, our business, operating results and financial condition will suffer.
| 9 |
Risks Related to the Influencer Marketplace Industry
Because the influencer marketplace industry is relatively new and constantly changing, it is difficult to project our performance and whether we will be successful.
Our operational history is limited and our business plan is based on assumptions about the influencer market that may or may not prove to be accurate. The demand by advertisers for product placement with social influencers may not be as significant as we think and may not have the growth potential we are forecasting. In addition, we may not be able to meet the needs of the evolving marketplace. For example, we may not be able to retain our existing advertiser customers and attract new ones, provide the type of influencer they demand or keep pace with technological advances required to accommodate and satisfy a growing content creator and advertiser base. Because of our relatively brief history, we cannot guarantee we will overcome all hurdles in our path and you should not look at our past growth achievements as indicators of future success.
Risks Related to Technology
We must insure that our website always provides for a positive user experience in order to encourage customer loyalty.
If we are unable to meet both our creators’ and advertisers’ expectations for using our website, our business could suffer. Advertisers must be able to search for and find the creator they are looking for. If we are unable to keep our search algorithms and our technology up-to-date and as effective or better than our competitors’ systems, we may not be able to retain our existing creators and advertisers or attract new ones.
We must routinely upgrade our technology to stay current and competitive in order to continue to grow.
To stay competitive, we must insure our technology infrastructure is up to date so that it functions without disruption and our website continues to have the features the market demands. For financial and other reasons, we may not be able to keep up with the pace of improvement enjoyed by our competitors and as a result, we may lose business. We currently do not have specific plans for any infrastructure upgrades that would require significant capital investment. In the future we will need to improve and upgrade our technology, database systems and network infrastructure in order to allow our business to grow in both size and scope.
| 10 |
We could be subject to hackers and other cyber-criminals despite our security measures, putting our customers’ private information at risk and exposing us to possible litigation and loss of reputation.
Although we do not store confidential payment information from our customers, we may not be able to prevent all cybercrime attacks. If our systems are invaded by hackers, viruses, malware or other attackers, confidential information could be misappropriated and our operations could be interrupted and violated. Our computer systems and data could be compromised without our being aware of it. The result could be expenditure of significant amounts of money to add protection against security breaches or to repair the damage done. In addition, if third-party services we use to conduct our business, like email, were interrupted or if they threatened confidential data, we could face expensive litigation. The result of serious security breaches could be the loss of business and loss of our reputation, which could affect our financial condition. We also could be found in violation of state, federal and international law, exposing us to fines, lawsuits, criminal penalties and other costs.
The technologies we depend on to secure the transmission of confidential information are licensed from third parties and could malfunction or could be breached. In addition, the vendors providing our co-location and cloud services may not have the capability to sufficiently prevent security breaches and other issues that could affect the integrity of information that is stored in and passed through their systems.
Risks Related to Our Employees
Our future success depends on our management team and our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel
Our future success largely depends on our founder and chief executive officer, Chad Sahley, who has extensive experience in leading the branding and production teams at Maker Studios, the world’s largest YouTube Multi-Channel Network (MCN) during the time he worked there. If he or other members of our management team, including technical and marketing personnel, were to leave Social BlueBook, we might not be able to find replacements who could implement our business strategy. This could have a material adverse impact on our business, our financial condition and results of operations. If any of our managers were to join or start a new, competing business, we could lose creators and advertisers. There could be costs involved in recruiting and retaining replacement personnel. We do not hold “key person” life insurance. We may not be able to attract additional employees we might need in the future in order to effectively manage and grow our Company, which would affect our success.
Failure to preserve our corporate culture as our Company grows could have an impact on our staff’s ability to remain innovative and work effectively as a team.
We have invested time and energy in developing a team of employees that values and encourages innovation and creativity. If we were to lose our Company culture as we are transformed into a public and growing Company, pursuit of our corporate objectives could be compromised and our business could suffer.
| 11 |
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock
No public trading market for our shares exists, and we do not have plans to apply for listing of our shares on any securities exchanges or online securities marketplaces. Consequently, it will be difficult for you to sell your shares and, if you are able to sell your shares, you will likely sell them at a substantial discount to the public offering price.
The shares offered hereby do not have any transfer restrictions. However, there is no public market for our Series A-1 Preferred Stock or for our common stock, and we currently have no plans to list our shares on a stock exchange or other trading market. Until our shares are listed, if ever, you may not be able to sell your shares. If you are able to sell your shares, you would likely have to sell them in an illiquid market at a substantial discount to the price you paid for the shares in this offering. It is also likely that your shares would not be accepted as the primary collateral for a loan. Because of the illiquid nature of our shares, you should purchase our shares only as a long-term investment and be prepared to hold them for an indefinite period of time.
If we do not successfully implement a liquidity transaction, you may have to hold your investment for an indefinite period, and we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.
Our charter does not require our board of directors to pursue a liquidity transaction. Market conditions and other factors could cause us to avoid a liquidation or other type of liquidity transaction, such as a merger or sale of assets. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to liquidate all assets. If we do not pursue a liquidity transaction, or delay such a transaction due to market conditions, your shares may continue to be illiquid and you may, for an indefinite period of time, be unable to convert your investment to cash easily and you could suffer losses on your investment. In addition, we intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion, and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
Chad Sahley, our founder, and other significant investors controls approximately 57% of our outstanding shares of common stock, and this concentration of ownership may have an effect on transactions that are otherwise favorable to our stockholders.
When this offering is completed, our founder, Chad Sahley, will beneficially own approximately a significant percentage of our outstanding shares of common stock, making him our largest stockholder. As a result, Mr. Sahley will have the ability to influence control of the outcome of matters submitted for stockholder approval, including the election of directors. This concentration of ownership may impede a change in control, and could hold up decisions on some transactions when Mr. Sahley’s support is necessary, no matter the effect of the transactions on other stockholders.
| 12 |
After this offering is completed, we intend to raise additional capital by offering our common shares pursuant to recent amendments to the Securities Act of 1933 and new rules under Regulation A (“Regulation A+”) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to us will make our common shares less attractive to investors as compared to a traditional initial public offering.
If we are successful in raising additional capital under Regulation A+, we will be subject to scaled disclosure and reporting requirements, which may make an investment in our common shares less attractive to investors who are accustomed to enhanced disclosure and more frequent financial reporting. In addition, given the relative lack of regulatory precedence regarding the recent amendments to Regulation A, there is a significant amount of regulatory uncertainty in regards to how the SEC or the individual state securities agencies will regulate both the offer and sale of our securities, as well as any ongoing compliance that we may be subject to. If our scaled disclosure and reporting requirements, or regulatory uncertainty regarding Regulation A, reduces the attractiveness of our common shares, we may be unable to raise the funds necessary to grow our business, which could severely affect the value of our common shares.
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.
We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.
| 13 |
The following table sets forth our debt and capitalization as of June 30, 2016:
| ● | on an actual basis; and | |
| ● | on a pro forma, as adjusted basis to give effect to (a)(i) the sale of a minimum of 600,000 shares of our series A-1 convertible preferred stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $3.0029 per share, and our receipt of the estimated $1,764,000 in net proceeds of this offering, after deducting underwriting commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (ii) the sale of 2,400,000 shares of our series A-1 convertible preferred stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $3.0029 per share and our receipt of the estimated $7,056,000 in net proceeds of this offering, after deducting underwriting commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, or the sale of 4,000,000 shares of our series A-1 convertible preferred stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $3.0029 per share and our receipt of the estimated $11,760,000 in net proceeds of this offering, after deducting underwriting commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (b) the automatic conversion of our convertible notes payable into 410,916 shares of our series A-1 convertible preferred, representing net proceeds of approximately $712,000, upon the initial closing of this offering. |
You should read this information in conjunction with “Summary – Dilution From Conversion of Convertible Notes,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular.
| Actual
at June 30, 2016 | Pro Forma, As Adjusted – Minimum | Pro forma , as adjusted - Mid Level | Pro Forma, As Adjusted – Maximum | |||||||||||||
| (unaudited) | (unaudited) | |||||||||||||||
| Debt: | ||||||||||||||||
| Notes payable-related parties | $ | 712,000 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity: | ||||||||||||||||
| Series A convertible preferred stock | 214 | 214 | 214 | 214 | ||||||||||||
| Series A-1 convertible preferred stock | - | 248 | 777 | 1,247 | ||||||||||||
| Common stock | 512 | 512 | 512 | 512 | ||||||||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | 797,090 | 3,272,842 | 8,564,313 | 13,267,843 | ||||||||||||
| Accumulated deficit | (1,525,196 | ) | (1,525,196 | ) | (1,525,196 | ) | (1,525,196 | ) | ||||||||
| Total stockholders’ equity | (727,380 | ) | 1,748,620 | 7,040,620 | 11,744,620 | |||||||||||
| Total capitalization | $ | (15,380 | ) | $ | 1,748,620 | 7,040,620 | $ | 11,744,620 | ||||||||
| 14 |
If you invest in shares of our Series A-1 Preferred Stock in this offering, your investment will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the offering price per share of common stock and the net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of common stock is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per share attributable to the shares of common stock held by existing owners.
Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2016 was approximately $(727,380), or $(0.15) per share of common stock. We calculate pro forma net tangible book value per share by taking the amount of our pro forma total tangible book value and then dividing that amount by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to (a) the conversion of 2,138,078 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 2,138,078 shares of common stock and (b) the conversion of $1,857,675 of principal and interest of our convertible promissory notes into 1,266,140 shares of our common stock.
The following table compares the price that new investors are paying for their shares with the effective cash price paid by existing shareholders, giving effect to our sale of the shares in this offering at an offering price of $3.0029 per share, the full conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock and convertible notes, assuming that we sell in this offering 100%, 60%, and 15%, respectively, of the this offering, after deducting our estimated offering expenses of two percent (2%).
| 15% | 60% | 100% | ||||||||||
| Price per share to investors in this offering | 3.0029 | 3.0029 | 3.0029 | |||||||||
| Pro forma net tangible book value before offering | 0.14 | 0.14 | 0.14 | |||||||||
| Pro forma net tangible book value after offering | 0.33 | 0.77 | 1.06 | |||||||||
| Increase to net tangible book value after giving effect to the net proceeds in this offering | 0.19 | 0.63 | 0.92 | |||||||||
| Dilution per common share to new investors in this offering | 2.81 | 2.37 | 2.08 |
| 15 |
The following tables summarize, as of June 30, 2016, for each of the assumed subscription levels of approximately 100%, 60%, and 15% of this offering, the total number of shares of common stock that would be purchased in the offering, the total cash consideration that will be paid to us at those various subscription levels, and the average price per share that existing investors paid and the new investors will pay in this offering. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing investors paid.
| Shares Purchased | Total Consideration | Average Price Per Share | ||||||||||||||||||
| Assuming 100% of Shares Sold: | Number | Percentage | Amount | Percentage | ||||||||||||||||
| Common Stock | 5,208,956 | 41 | % | $ | 234,616 | 2 | % | $ | 0.05 | |||||||||||
| Series A Preferred Stock | 2,138,078 | 17 | 563,200 | 4 | $ | 0.26 | ||||||||||||||
| Convertible Note Holders | 1,273,945 | 10 | 1,857,675 | 13 | $ | 1.47 | ||||||||||||||
| New Investors | 3,996,137 | 32 | 12,000,000 | 81 | $ | 3.0029 | ||||||||||||||
| Total | 12,617,116 | 100 | % | $ | 14,655,491 | 100 | % | |||||||||||||
| Shares Purchased | Total Consideration | Average Price Per Share | ||||||||||||||||||
| Assuming 60% of Shares Sold: | Number | Percentage | Amount | Percentage | ||||||||||||||||
| Common Stock | 5,208,956 | 47 | % | $ | 234,616 | 2 | % | $ | 0.05 | |||||||||||
| Series A Preferred Stock | 2,138,078 | 19 | 563,200 | 6 | $ | 0.26 | ||||||||||||||
| Convertible Note Holders | 1,273,945 | 12 | 1,857,675 | 19 | $ | 1.47 | ||||||||||||||
| New Investors | 2,400,000 | 22 | 7,200,000 | 73 | $ | 3.0029 | ||||||||||||||
| Total | 11,022,979 | 100 | % | $ | 9,855,491 | 100 | % | |||||||||||||
| Shares Purchased | Total Consideration | Average Price Per Share | ||||||||||||||||||
| Assuming 15% of Shares Sold: | Number | Percentage | Amount | Percentage | ||||||||||||||||
| Common Stock | 5,208,956 | 56 | % | $ | 234,616 | 5 | % | $ | 0.05 | |||||||||||
| Series A Preferred Stock | 2,138,078 | 23 | 563,200 | 13 | $ | 0.26 | ||||||||||||||
| Convertible Note Holders | 1,273,945 | 14 | 1,857,675 | 42 | $ | 1.47 | ||||||||||||||
| New Investors | 600,000 | 7 | 1,800,000 | 40 | $ | 3.0029 | ||||||||||||||
| Total | 9,220,979 | 100 | % | $ | 4,455,491 | 100 | % | |||||||||||||
If the gross proceeds of this Offering is not at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) prior to the maturity date of our outstanding Convertible Notes, then the Holders of those Convertible Notes, in their sole option, may, effective as of the maturity date, elect either to: (i) allow the Convertible Notes to remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue; or (ii) convert the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of (a) in the case of $499,167 in principal amount of the notes, four million dollars ($4,000,000), and (b) in the case of $1,238,000 in principal amount of the notes (which includes the presently authorized but unsold $450,000 principal amount of notes), eight million dollars ($8,000,000), divided by the aggregate number of shares of our common stock outstanding at such time (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Convertible Notes) plus any unallocated shares under our equity incentive plan, or $0.50 per share and $1.00, respectively.
The following table assumes that the gross proceeds of this Offering is $999,999 and compares the price that new investors are paying for their shares with the effective cash price paid by existing shareholders, giving effect to the conversion of the Convertible Notes on the notes’ maturity date in each of the four quarters in 2017 and as of the end of 2018.
| Q1 2017 | Q2 2017 | Q3 2017 | Q4 2017 | YE 2018 | ||||||||||||||||
| Price per share to investors in this offering | 3.0029 | 3.0029 | 3.0029 | 3.0029 | 3.0029 | |||||||||||||||
| Pro forma net tangible book value before offering | (0.06 | ) | (0.05 | ) | (0.05 | ) | (0.02 | ) | 0.13 | |||||||||||
| Pro forma net tangible book value after offering | 0.07 | 0.07 | 0.07 | 0.10 | 0.23 | |||||||||||||||
| Increase to net tangible book value after giving effect to the net proceeds in this offering | 0.13 | 0.13 | 0.13 | 0.12 | 0.10 | |||||||||||||||
| Dilution per common share to new investors in this offering | 2.87 | 2.87 | 2.87 | 2.88 | 2.90 | |||||||||||||||
The preceding dilution information is for illustration purposes only. It does not assume the exercise of stock options, and, if we grant options to our employees in the future and those options are exercised, there can be further dilution to the new investors in this offering.
| 16 |
We plan to use the proceeds of this offering for the following purposes:
| Strategic Acquisitions | 44 | % | ||
| Payroll Expenses* | 31 | % | ||
| Marketing/Sales Expenses | 18 | % | ||
| Professional Service Fees | 5 | % | ||
| Working Capital | less than 3 | % |
Because the offering is a “best efforts” offering without a minimum offering amount, we may close the offering without sufficient funds for all the intended purposes set out in the preceding table. As a result, we have developed contingency plans to address varying amounts of net cash proceeds we receive from this offering. We have developed alternate plans for scenarios of raising less than the full $12,000,000 offered,, specifically, approximately 15% subscription and 60% subscription cases.
We intend to use the first $1,800,000 in net offering proceeds for the following prioritized purposes:
| ● | Professional Service Fees: We will incur professional fees including legal, accounting, and other consulting. | |
| ● | Marketing/Sales Expenses: We will incur monthly advertising expenses, which includes marketing and promotion for on-boarding our two types of users, creators and advertisers. Funds will be budgeted for the executive team and select employees to attend and sponsor strategic social media conferences like Playlist Live, Vidcon, and Buffer festival. We intend to launch targeted influencer marketing campaigns brokered and managed through Social Bluebook to raise product awareness. Marketing budget will be allocated for general press outreach and major public announcements. |
| ● | Payroll Expenses: We will apply these proceeds to new hires (i.e. programmers, graphic designers, QA, customer support, etc.) as well as maintain our current payroll and increase our officers’ salaries to a market rate. |
| ● | Strategic Acquisitions: We will pursue select acquisitions on a delayed timeline and with terms biased to earn-out provisions and stock for the acquisitions. |
Mid-Level Subscription Scenario: If we are successful in receiving a mid-level subscription to the offering,, we will seek as potential acquisition candidates companies that are focused on data aggregation and performance analytics, as we believe these companies will seek to avail themselves of both our user-base and our proprietary platform. Any acquisitions we pursue under this scenario will be targeted for their ability to expand the Social Bluebook® user-base, as well as enhance our product offering. Consequently, if we raise approximately $7,200,000 net proceeds, we intend to use these capital proceeds of the offering for the following additional purposes:
| ● | Strategic Acquisitions: We will use a greater proportion of cash resources to negotiate the acquisition(s) in order to obtain a better price point. Moreover, we will accelerate progress toward a second and perhaps third acquisition sooner than we would have under the minimum scenario. |
| ● | Property and Equipment Expenses: We will incur an increase in such expenses, as we have minimum expenses related to office leasing improvements, office furniture, employee computers and equipment, utilities, etc. The Company will incur rent expense in its current space, as well as additional expense as it expands to new office space. |
*The two founding officers have a contract with the Company for deferred compensation, which currently totals less than $200,000. The Company will limit payments of deferred compensation to less than 10% of the net proceeds of the offering.
We may change the amount and the intended uses of proceeds based on the net amount of new capital raised in this offering and based on unforeseen circumstances following the closing of this offering.
| 17 |
New Media Trader, Inc., is a Delaware corporation founded in 2014 to provide robust online software tools that help answer the very pertinent Internet marketing question, “What is a social media influencer’s value to advertisers and how do you express that in dollars and cents?” In other words, what is access to that influencer’s audience worth to a brand and what should a creator of social-media content on platforms like YouTube charge to promote a product to his/her followers?
Unlike with old-school media like television and newspapers, there is no known standard advertising-rate formula in use in the wild west of Internet content. Our Social Bluebook® web application, launched in May 2015, was designed to provide a negotiation starting point for both the online influencer and the brand that covets the influencer’s following. It allows content creators and brands to broker deals directly without intermediation of expensive third parties, like talent networks or agencies. Our management believes that the proprietary Social Bluebook® valuation tools are on their way to becoming a standard for valuing and accelerating transactions between creative content owners and advertisers.
Social Bluebook® simplifies and streamlines the process of executing influencer marketing for both advertisers and online content creators.
Content creators connect their social media platforms to our assessment tools, and Social Bluebook’s® proprietary algorithms calculate a dollar value for each platform based on audience reach and engagement. This provides the two parties to a promotion transaction with a documented basis for advertising rate negotiations.
Soon, advertisers will have their own tool, called Social Bluebook Marketplace™. We released the “beta” version of the Marketplace application in May 2016. Free to sign up, advertisers can search through the Social Bluebook® database of creators and learn what each charges (based on Social Bluebook® algorithms) for promoting products on social media. When brands and advertising agencies locate content creators on the Social Bluebook® site that are of interest to them, they then can use our portal to invite the creator to participate in their marketing campaigns.
Social Bluebook® currently is the fastest growing influencer marketplace in our business sector. According to our internal reporting, we have attained more than 50,000 creator platforms with a reach of more than 3.4 billion followers within 18 months of the app’s launch.
The advertisers involved in the Social Bluebook Marketplace™ have estimated that by using the system to value and negotiate product placements, they have saved many thousands of dollars monthly per transaction in labor and other costs with an overall improved result. For example, in a Yahoo Finance article, Travis Chambers of Chamber Media stated, “Social Bluebook® Search has literally cut our labor costs by 80 percent and dramatically improved our selection process of influencers.”
| 18 |
Product Description, Features and Functions
Social Bluebook® is a web-based application with responsive design for mobile devices. Creators and advertisers each have their own interface with features and functions that are exclusive to their respective user experience. Social Bluebook® currently supports social media platforms YouTube, Instagram, Facebook, Vine, Twitter, and blogs.
For Content Creators
Social Bluebook’s® platform has been designed primarily from the perspective of content creators and their needs. We know that many (perhaps most) creators currently are hesitant to transform their social media content into a business. Many who make that leap discover quickly that their content and access to their online influence are highly desired by advertisers. However, most creators don’t understand their value and are intimidated by negotiations and contracts. Creators often ask, “What is the value of my content to an advertiser?” or, “What do I need to know to negotiate a brand sponsorship?”
The tools and products that Social Bluebook® is developing are designed to answer these and similar questions as well as simplify and streamline the ad placement process as much as possible to show creators that they really can do it themselves. Social Bluebook’s® software educates and empowers creators so that they can make creating content on social media their full-time job.
There is no charge for creators to use Social Bluebook® for the following purposes:
| ● | Calculate monetary value: Upon registration on the Social Bluebook® website, content creators are prompted to connect each of their social media platforms to the Social Bluebook® application and Social Bluebook® will calculate a suggested ad rate for each platform that can be used as a starting point in negotiations with an advertiser. In addition to a suggested ad rate, creators also will see displays of important statistics that are taken into account when their value is calculated. For instance, the app displays total followers, average viewership per upload, and comments and likes per upload. The app even displays audience demographics if supported by the social platform’s application program interface, or API. |
| ● | Send quotes: If an advertiser approaches a content creator outside of Social Bluebook®, the creator can respond by directing the app to forward a verified ad-rate quote to the advertiser for product placement on one or more social media platforms hosting the creator’s work. The app then will email a link to the advertiser. Upon selecting the link, the advertiser will be able to see that content creator’s Social Bluebook®-suggested ad rates, statistical data, and audience demographics. |
| 19 |
| ● | Receive offers and negotiate terms: Creators can receive sponsorship opportunities via the Social Bluebook® platform from verified advertisers. Each offer specifies the name of the advertiser, the campaign name and concept, the compensation amount, required deliverables (what the creator is expected to do) and so forth. Terms such as budget, upload dates and other details can be negotiated back and forth via counter offers until the creator and advertiser come to an agreement. Each time an offer or counter offer is made the recipient receives an email or text notification. Both users also are alerted within their respective campaign management dashboards and to-do lists on the Social Bluebook® website. |
| ● | Manage deliverables: Once a creator and advertiser have come to terms on a deal, the creator is notified that he/she has deliverables to complete. Within the deliverables menu on the Social Bluebook® website, creators can keep track of all their campaigns and respective deliverables as well as receive email alerts when deadlines are approaching. When a deliverable is due, a creator can upload a URL link to the social media post allowing the advertiser to verify that the deliverable is indeed complete. |
| ● | Receive payment: Upon completion of deliverables, creators receive an auto-populated invoice (generated by Social Bluebook®) to send to the advertiser. Creators can track the status of receiving their payment. They can opt to be paid through direct deposit, check, or PayPal. |
For Advertisers
Online influencer marketing campaigns can be extremely difficult to manage and execute. These campaigns involve entering into a service contract with one or more individuals. That is not quite as simple as going to Google Adwords and dumping an entire campaign budget there.
One of the biggest challenges facing brands and ad agencies is connecting with the right creators for their influencer marketing campaigns. And assuming they are able to find the right vehicle for their ads, the campaigns often get very complex very quickly. Some influencer campaigns may involve multiple creators, each of whom must be contacted on a regular basis (likely via email) in order to negotiate terms of an agreement, ink contracts, verify that the creator did in fact execute on the agreed terms, collect W-9 forms and invoices, and finally make payment to each creator individually. Hours upon hours of an advertiser’s time is sucked up every month managing each of these essential but burdensome tasks.
Once it is finalized, Social Bluebook’s® new advertiser interface, called Marketplace, will simplify and streamline the process of executing an influencer marketing campaign. It allows small agencies and brands to execute the type of campaigns that historically only the “big boys” with a considerable amount of manpower could manage. Advertisers can use Social Bluebook Marketplace™ to search for creators of interest, make them offers, negotiate terms, manage deliverables, receive invoices, and with a single click, make payment to each participating creator. Social Bluebook Marketplace’s™ features have the potential for saving advertisers significant money that would have been spent on staffing resources.
| 20 |
Currently there is no charge for advertisers to use Social Bluebook Marketplace™ for the following purposes:
| ● | Creator search: When a creator registers and connects a social media platform to Social Bluebook®, we capture and store the data being pulled from the platform’s API. This allows us to offer advertisers a powerful tool for finding the right creator for their marketing campaign. Social Bluebook® collects data from each of its registered creators, such as subscribership, average viewership, watch time, number of likes and comments, and gender and age audience demographics. We take this information and display it to advertisers in a searchable database. What makes our search feature exceptionally powerful is its ability to apply many filters at once. As a result, an advertiser, for example, could look for a content creator on YouTube who has a dog and reaches a highly engaged female audience ages 21 to 32. |
| ● | Make offers and negotiate: An advertiser using Social Bluebook Marketplace™ to add a social media component to a marketing campaign can begin the negotiation process in one of two ways. If an advertiser simply wants to assess a particular creator’s interest and availability, he/she can use our time-saving “gauge interest” feature. If an advertiser already knows the creator he/she wishes to work with is interested and available, then he/she can advance directly to the formal offer stage. Terms such as budget, upload dates, payment terms, and other details can be negotiated within the Social Bluebook® interface until the advertiser and creator come to an agreement. Each time an offer or counter offer is made, the recipient is notified via an email or text message. Both users also are alerted within their respective campaign management dashboards and to-do lists on the Social Bluebook® website. |
| ● | Managing campaign deliverables: Advertisers can manage all of their campaigns and all of the creators within each of those campaigns from the campaign management dashboard assigned to them on the Social Bluebook® website. The dashboard offers a “control tower” view into each campaign, including details such as a list of all the participating creators and at what stage each has reached in the process -- still in negotiations, submitting deliverables, ready for payment. The dashboard is updated in real time to indicate the latest action items to be completed. When a deliverable is due, creators will send the advertiser a URL link to the live social-media post, allowing the advertiser to verify that the deliverable indeed has been executed. If acceptable, the advertiser can approve the deliverable, which notifies the creator to send an invoice for payment. |
Upon completion of deliverables, creators will submit a pre-populated invoice to the advertiser via Social Bluebook® for the services rendered. An advertiser can track the status of which creators have been paid and the amounts still outstanding. Social Bluebook Marketplace™ provides an automated credit-card-based payment system through third-party vendors. Social Bluebook® is only a facilitator to this transaction and doesn't touch the money that is sent by the advertiser to the creator.
| 21 |
Pricing
We have built Social Bluebook’s® revenue model around an assessed 12.5 percent transaction fee only for successful campaigns executed through the system. The fee is an add-on to what an advertiser pays a content creator. Creators pay nothing for using our services.
We do plan to offer a prepaid annual subscription option for those high-volume advertisers interested in paying a lower transaction fee.
We also offer a white label service for advertisers requiring hands-on assistance with executing an influencer marketing campaign. The service is offered by a team of Social Bluebook® account managers that works with both the advertisers and creators to insure a successful campaign. A member of our account management team will engage with the advertiser to help define campaign goals, requirements, and budget. With a contract in place, the account manager will contact and negotiate with the creators approved by the advertiser. We will sign contracts with each of the interested creators to render services for the campaign promotion (i.e. upload YouTube video, Instagram photo, etc.). Upon delivery of services from the contracted creators, the advertiser will issue payment to us. We take a 25 percent commission fee from the overall campaign budget and the remaining amount is paid out to the creators based upon the amounts negotiated in their individual contracts.
Social Media Influencer Marketing Industry
Influencer marketing is taking a leading role in how marketers create public awareness of their companies’ products and services and convert prospects into customers. The timing of our entry into the online marketplace is opportune as marketing firms are just discovering that the traditional “ad-buy” media placement of their advertising is being superseded by product placement and endorsements. This transition has been forecast for at least several decades, but the combination of technologies, mobile applications, and consumer preferences have converged to drive the promotion of products and services to social media platforms.
The shift is due to two factors:
| ● | The increasing volume of consumers who consume their entertainment and information content through Internet links (social media, Netflix, etc.); and, |
| ● | The fact that the Internet is digital content dominated by software, including products that block ads. |
Traditional advertising attempted to migrate to the Internet through pop-up ads and click revenue models, but by 2015 many traditional ads on the Internet were blocked by anti-advertising software. According to an industry report by Page Fair, the estimated loss of global ad revenue in 2015 due to ad-blocking software was $21.8 billion. This has advanced the opportunity for “product placement” with social media influencers to become the preferred mode of 21st Century marketing.
Social media influencers are people who create and/or distribute content via social media and the Internet and who have attracted a loyal and sizable following. Their content affects how their “followers” and “connections” perceive the world, and it influences them to take action, such as purchasing a product or service.
| 22 |
Social media influencer marketing is unique in that not only does the content creator develop content that allows for easy and seamless integration of the product placement/advertisement, but oftentimes consumers tune in specifically to hear/see what the influencer has to say about a particular product. This marketing technique is non-intrusive and results in a quasi-endorsement of the product or service. Influencer marketing is not about the message from the brand; it's about the passion the influencers feel for the brands they use that they convey to their followers.
In 2015, Mediakix estimated the advertising spend in influencer marketing at $500 million. Furthermore it projects the influencer marketing space to increase to $5 billion to $10 billion by 2020. Advertisers are recognizing the power and the cost-effectiveness of using social media influencer marketing over other marketing techniques. Social Bluebook Marketplace™ is the conduit through which advertisers and influencers meet, communicate and collaborate on product placement opportunities. We are harnessing the power of this new paradigm, wherein the creators’ content, demographic reach, and passion is married to the advertisers’ products or services to create a more personal, directed, and relatable marketing message for the consumer.
For advertisers, influencer marketing can be key to boosting sales and overall marketing results. Whether they are trying to build brand awareness or promote a product, utilizing creators helps to engage a specific target audience drawn in by unique, customized and engaging content.
Social Bluebook Marketplace’s™ Targeted Market
The Internet is a giant town square filled with conversations about all manner of products and services. At this point in our development, we have chosen to whittle the digital world down and focus on three key market segments: Gaming, Fashion, and Family Consumer Products. We are pinpointing advertisers that want to reach consumers interested in what these segments have to offer, described here:
| ● | Gaming: This market segment can be defined as the development, marketing, and sales of online video games as well as products and services associated with those games. Many online video games allow consumers an immediate and constant stream of communication via texting, video and/or social applications. Such communication between consumers opens the door for content creators with large audiences to endorse products or services they enjoy. For example, there are many content creators on YouTube who record their gameplay and then upload that gameplay to their YouTube channel for their audience to view. This offers great potential for advertisers to hire a content creator to speak about a relevant product or service while that content creator is playing a video game. | |
| ● | Fashion: This market segment can be defined as the popular styles and practices related to clothing, footwear, accessories, makeup, body, or furniture. The beauty and cosmetics industry in particular lends itself very well to the practice of influencer marketing as many consumers would prefer a recommendation or product review from a peer before purchasing. Additionally content creators in many cases offer low-cost opportunities for creating or continuing fashion trends through their own social media channels. According to a new study published by the Fashion and Beauty Monitor that polled more than 300 marketing professionals in both industries, U.S.- and U.K.-based companies see influencer marketing as such a crucial advertising tool that budgets dedicated to it are projected to increase a whopping 59 percent in 2016. |
| 23 |
| ● | Family consumer products: This market segment can be defined as products or services that enhance one’s day-to-day lifestyle and that are appealing to a family household. Products within this segment typically get used up quickly and replaced frequently. This could include but is not limited to food and beverages, cleaning products, toiletries, etc. Influencer marketing provides tremendous potential here as many products in the space rely upon brand awareness and strong consumer loyalty. An excellent place to start for advertisers is by locating content creators who are already naturally advocating for brands they trust. |
To a degree, the size of the advertiser is less relevant to our business model than the need for advertisers to understand the value proposition that content creators bring to products or services in terms of market growth and/or penetration. We believe advertisers that either have discovered the value of influencer marketing only recently or are frustrated by their current marketing strategies are the best candidates for our product offering. Advertisers that just are realizing the potential value of influence marketing will find the Social Bluebook® platform an easy and affordable entry point into the new-media-dominated world. Conversely, advertisers that either have stale strategies that don’t include social media content creators or that have not achieved their goals with their current campaigns will discover that Social Bluebook’s® platform provides them with an efficient “menu” of options and guidance toward effectively realizing the success they have been seeking.
Growth Strategy
The key to our success is getting agencies and brands accustomed to Social Bluebook® as the de facto go-to standard for gaining access to the social media content creators they need for their online advertising campaigns. One of our strongest competitive advantages is the relationships we have with the creator community and our success in continuing to forge those positive relationships. We’ve built our relationships by offering services that educate the creator community on how to be responsive, respectful, and strategic in working with advertisers.
We require a marketing strategy for attracting both creators and advertisers. Up until now, we have focused our efforts on creators. As a side benefit, that has resulted in substantial awareness of and interest in Social Bluebook® within the advertising community as well. In the near future, we plan to design a marketing plan aimed specifically at advertisers. That may include traditional marketing methods to attract the larger more established brands and agencies. We may employ tactics such as communicating with them through the print and broadcast media, direct mail, and telephone advertising.
| 24 |
Our strategy for attracting creators has been based in part on the marketing success our executives enjoyed with a past endeavor. They were able to attract YouTube creators to join Maker Studios, which at that time was the largest Multi-Channel Network on YouTube, because that was the home of some of the most influential YouTube creators in the world. Creators who were just getting started flocked to Maker Studios to join the network that their favorite YouTube stars helped organize. We have the same overall messaging and marketing strategy for Social Bluebook®. Because we have the backing and trust of the larger more influential creators, the smaller creators now trust our brand and, specifically, our valuation metrics. Key to our explosive growth has been word-of-mouth referrals within the creator community.
We employ a three pillar marketing strategy that includes digital acquisition, public relations, and customer retention.
| ● | Digital acquisition: We utilize our own proprietary Social Bluebook Marketplace™ platform to spread awareness about product offerings and drive customer acquisition of content creator users. |
| ● | Public relations: We will write, edit, and distribute at least one press release on a frequent schedule depending on available news angles to drive customer acquisition of advertiser users. |
| ● | Customer activation and retention: We continue to refine our customer acquisition funnel with rigorous A/B testing of customer emails, landing page layout, and design of various platforms. We also keep our customers active by engaging them through entertaining emails, social media posts, blog posts, customer service, and similar methods of outreach. |
Competition
The social media influencer community is a dynamic and rapidly expanding marketplace with companies in direct and indirect competition with us, such as IZEA. Most of our competitors appear to be focused only on outreach to brands (advertisers), offering services to help them to identify and contact creators of digital content. That contrasts with our core philosophy, “Content Creator First.” Consequently, we have built the Social Bluebook® platform to not only be easy for content creators to use, but also to give them additional information to substantiate their value. We will continue to focus on the content creator community and will provide tools to educate, connect, and encourage collaboration with advertisers and other content creators.
| 25 |
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
Overview
Our flagship product Social Bluebook® simplifies and streamlines the process of executing influencer marketing for both advertisers and online content creators. Content creators connect their social media platforms to our assessment tools, and Social Bluebook®’s proprietary algorithms calculate a suggested dollar value for each platform based upon audience reach and engagement. This provides the two parties (content creators and advertisers) to a promotion transaction with a documented basis for advertising rate negotiations.
Advertisers will have their own tool, called Social Bluebook Marketplace™ (“Marketplace”). Free to sign up, advertisers can search through the Social Bluebook® database of creators and learn what each charge (based on Social Bluebook® algorithms) for promoting products on social media. When brands and advertising agencies locate content creators on the Social Bluebook® site who are of interest to them, they then can use our portal to invite the creator to participate in their marketing campaigns.
Revenue Model
We have built a revenue model around an assessed 12.5 percent transaction fee service only for successful campaigns executed through the Social Bluebook Marketplace™ system. The fee is an add-on to what an advertiser pays a content creator. Content creators pay nothing for using our services.
We plan to offer a prepaid annual subscription option for those advertisers interested in paying a lower transaction fee.
We also offer a white label service team of campaign managers to coordinate campaigns between advertisers and creators. It is essentially a white glove service for advertisers who require assistance and want to engage in influencer marketing. A member of our campaign management team will engage with the advertiser to define campaign goals, requirements, and budget. With a contract in place, the campaign manager will contact and negotiate with the creators approved by the advertiser. We will sign contracts with each of the interested creators to render services for the campaign promotion (i.e. upload YouTube video, Instagram photo, etc.). Upon delivery of services from the contracted creators, the advertiser will issue payment to us. We take a 25 percent commission fee from the overall campaign budget and the remaining amount is paid out to the creators based upon the amounts negotiated in their individual contracts.
Trend Information
We believe that Social Bluebook® currently is among the fastest growing influencer marketplaces in our business sector. With a modest advertising spend the Social Bluebook® platform continues to scale. Since the date of launch, more than half of our creative content users have come back to the site to refresh and review their platform prices and analytics. June 2016 saw a 172.36% increase in user traffic from the previous month. This also equated to a 33.84% increase in the number creator social platforms registered in May 2016 versus June 2016.
| 26 |
More than 400 advertisers have registered for Social Bluebook Marketplace™ and can search through our database of creators and obtain their prices (values based on our algorithms) as well as other essential demographic data. Within 4 weeks of the beta release of Social Bluebook Marketplace™ 26 transactions amounting to nearly $15,000 were run through the platform.
Results of Operations
The following table depicts certain metrics that we consider to be key performance indicators for our business, for the time periods indicated:
| For
the Six Months Ended June 30, | ||||||||
| CRITERION | 2016 | 2015 | ||||||
| # of Creator platforms | 33,175 | 3,831 | ||||||
| Audience | 2,873,090,011 | 327,366,181 | ||||||
| # of User sessions | 155,722 | 19,823 | ||||||
| # Website page-views | 539,273 | 49,787 | ||||||
| YEARS | ||||||||
| CRITERION | 2014 | 2015 | ||||||
| # of Creator platforms | 0 | 13,550 | ||||||
| Audience | 0 | 1,082,067,249 | ||||||
| # of User sessions | 0 | 70,059 | ||||||
| # Website page-views | 0 | 184,036 | ||||||
Summary of Results
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the first six months of June 30,
| 2016 | 2015 | |||||||
| Revenues: | $ | 66 | $ | - | ||||
| Operating Expenses: | ||||||||
| Cost of Revenues | (2 | ) | - | |||||
| Technology and Development: | (143,899 | ) | (126,331 | ) | ||||
| Depreciation Expense: | (742 | ) | (738 | ) | ||||
| General and Administrative Costs: | (233,072 | ) | (249,463 | ) | ||||
| Total Operating Expenses: | (377,715 | ) | (376,532 | ) | ||||
| Loss from Operations: | (377,672 | ) | (376,532 | ) | ||||
| Other Expenses | ||||||||
| Interest Expense: | (21,023 | ) | (9,956 | ) | ||||
| Net Loss/Gain: | $ | (398,672 | ) | $ | (386,488 | ) | ||
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the periods 2014 through the first nine months of 2016:
| For the Period January 2, 2014 (Inception) to December 31, 2014 | For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 | |||||||
| Revenues: | $ | 0 | $ | 40,000 | ||||
| Operating Expenses: | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
| Cost of Revenues | $ | 0 | $ | 30,000 | ||||
| Technology and Development: | $ | 103,240 | $ | 200,451 | ||||
| Depreciation Expense: | $ | 354 | $ | 1,488 | ||||
| General and Administrative Costs: | $ | 178,451 | $ | 627,345 | ||||
| Total Operating Expenses: | $ | 282,045 | $ | 859,284 | ||||
| Loss from Operations: | $ | (282,045 | ) | $ | (819,284 | ) | ||
| Other Expenses | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
| Interest Expense: | $ | 0 | $ | 25,195 | ||||
| Net Loss: | $ | (282,045 | ) | $ | (844,479 | ) | ||
1 For the first unaudited nine months of 2016, ending September 30, 2016.
| 27 |
Fiscal Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015
Revenues
The initial revenue of $66 derived in 2016 related to initial transaction fees collected from the beta of Social Bluebook Marketplace™.
Cost of Revenues
Cost of revenues for 2016 related to the transactional cost associated with the revenue earned.
Technology and Development Expenses
Technology and development expenses relate to the cost of consultants used to design, build, and test our platform. These expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2016 increased to $143,899, or a 14% increase from the same period in 2015. Along with continued maintenance of the platform, we began the design and build out of additional features to be released in 2017.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses include employee compensation costs, rent expense, travel cost, and general expenses. These expenses, for six months ended June 30, 2016, decreased to $233,072, or a 7% decrease from the same period in 2015. Overall the general and administrative cost increase by approximately $8,000 which is attributable to the continued growth of the Company. This increase was offset by decline of approximately $24,000 in payroll taxes, as our officers deferred approximately 66% of their salary for the 2016 period. Deferred salary’s payroll taxes are not incurred or paid until the deferred salary is paid to the officers.
Other Expense — Interest Expense
For the six month ended June 30, 2016, interest expense increased to $21,023 due to the issuance of convertible note payable issued in during the 2016 period.
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015 and January 2, 2014 (Inception) to December 31, 2014
Revenues
In 2014, we recognized no revenues. The initial revenue from 2015 of $40,000 was derived from a project we undertook to locate influencers to promote our customer’s application.
Cost of Revenues
In 2015 cost of revenues was related to our cost associated with the one-time project.
Technology and Development Expenses
Technology and development expenses relate to the cost of consultants used to design, build, and test our platform. These expenses for 2015 increased to $200,451, or a 94% increase from 2014. We began the design and build out of our platform during the end of the 2nd quarter of 2014. The 2014 cost is approximately 50% of the cost incurred during 2015, so the increase is attributable to the longer duration of activity during 2015.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses includes employee compensation costs, rent expense, travel cost, and general expenses. These expenses, for 2015, increased to $627,345, or a 252% increase from 2014. This increase generally is reflective of the growth of our operations. Costs with significant increases included officers’ and employee salaries, employee benefit expense, and corporate travel expenses.
Other Expense — Interest Expense
During 2015, interest expense increased to $25,195 due to a convertible note payable issued in January 2015.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Going Concern
Our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. At June 30, 2016, however, we had cash of approximately $170,000, a working capital deficit of approximately $289,000 and a stockholders’ deficit of approximately $1,252,000. We have generated minimal revenues and have incurred net losses since inception. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset amounts or the classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern.
| 28 |
Since inception, our principal sources of operating funds have been cash proceeds from the issuance of a convertible note payable, sale of common stock and series A convertible preferred stock. We do not expect that our current cash on hand will fund our operations through September 30, 2017. Therefore, we will need to raise additional capital in order to meet our obligations and execute our business plan for at least the next twelve-month period thereafter. There can be no assurance that financing will be available when needed or that management will be able to obtain such financing on acceptable terms. If we are unable to raise sufficient additional funds, we will have to develop and implement a plan to extend payables, reduce overhead or scale back our business plan until sufficient additional capital is raised to support further operations. There can be no assurance that such a plan will be successful.
Convertible Notes Payable
During 2015 we completed a private placement of convertible promissory notes (“2015 Notes”) with seventeen accredited investors (“Holders”). The 2015 Notes accrue interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum and are due and payable on the second-year anniversary of the purchase date. The first of the 2015 Notes, with a principal amount of two hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($250,000), becomes due and payable on December 24, 2016; the second of the 2015 Notes, with a principal balance of nine thousand one hundred sixty-seven dollars ($9,167), becomes due and payable on January 23, 2017, and the remaining 2015 Notes become due and payable ranging from July, 2017 through February 2018.
In the event that we issue and sell shares of the Company’s equity securities (“Equity Securities”) to investors (the “Investors”) on or before the date of the repayment in full of the 2015 Notes in an equity financing resulting in gross proceeds to us of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) (not including the conversion of the 2015 Notes), then the outstanding principal amount of the 2015 Notes, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, shall automatically convert in whole without any action by the Holders into such Equity Securities at a conversion price equal to eighty percent (80.0%) of the per-share price paid by the Investors for such Equity Securities and otherwise on the same terms and conditions applicable to the Investors. “Equity Securities” means shares of preferred stock.
In the event that we consummate a change of control of the Company prior to the conversion or repayment in full of the 2015 Notes, the Holders, may elect either to: (i) require that we pay the Holders in cash an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (A) one-and-one-half times (1.5x) the aggregate principal amount of the 2015 Notes then-outstanding, and (B) all unpaid accrued interest thereon; or (ii) convert the aggregate principal amount of the 2015 Notes then-outstanding, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of eight million dollars ($8,000,000) (“Change of Control Valuation Cap”) divided by the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of immediately prior to such change of control (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the 2015 Notes).
In the event that neither of the two above occurs prior to the maturity date, then the Holders, in their sole option and upon written notice may, effective as of the maturity date, elect either to: (i) allow the 2015 Notes to remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue; or (ii) convert the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) (“Voluntary Conversion Valuation Cap”) divided by the aggregate number of shares of our common stock outstanding at such time (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the 2015 Notes) plus any unallocated shares under our equity incentive plan (the “Equity Plan”).
During 2016, we completed a private placement of convertible promissory notes (“2016 Notes”) with eleven accredited investors. The 2016 Notes differ from the 2015 Notes in the following respects: (i) they become due and payable between April and December 2018; (ii) in the event that we issue and sell shares of the Company’s Equity Securities to Investors on or before the date of the repayment in full of the 2016 Notes in an equity financing resulting in gross proceeds to us of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) (not including the conversion of the 2016 Notes), then the outstanding principal amount of the 2016 Notes, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, shall automatically convert in whole without any action by the Holders into such Equity Securities at a conversion price equal to the lesser of (i) eighty percent (80.0%) of the per-share price paid by the Investors for such Equity Securities, or (ii) the price equal to the quotient of ten million dollars ($10,000,000.00) divided by the aggregate number of outstanding shares of common stock of the Company as of immediately prior to the initial closing of the qualified financing (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes), and in each case, otherwise on the same terms and conditions applicable to the Investors. ; and (iii) the Change of Control Valuation Cap is ten million dollars ($10,000,000); and the Voluntary Valuation Cap is eight million dollars ($8,000,000).
| 29 |
In the event that Holders elect to allow the Notes to remain outstanding after the maturity date, the Holders may, at any time after the maturity date, elect to convert the outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of our common stock outstanding at the time of such notice (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes, plus any unallocated shares under the Equity Plan).
In the event the Holders do not make a timely election pursuant to this provision, the Notes shall remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue as provided under the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent we consummate an equity financing transaction after a Holder has converted the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of our common stock, the Holder shall, at the time of such post-conversion financing, have the right to exchange such shares of our common stock into the same class or series of securities issued in the post-conversion financing (and on the same terms and conditions as such post-conversion financing), based on the then-outstanding principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest under the Notes at the time of the conversion of such amounts into shares of our common stock.
We have evaluated the Notes and conversion features in accordance with ASC 815-40 and determined that the embedded conversion features are not considered to be derivative liabilities.
Credit Facilities
Currently, we do not have any credit facilities with lending institutions, nor other access to bank credit.
Capital Expenditures
We have no contractual obligations for ongoing capital expenditures at this time. We do, however, purchase equipment and software necessary to conduct our operations on an as needed basis.
Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies
We do not have any material ongoing contracts that extend beyond a one-year period or which are not cancellable sooner. We lease our current office space on a month-to-month basis. We have no material contingent obligations.
Material Weaknesses
In connection with the audits of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and the prior period ended December 31, 2014 (inception year), our independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses relate to the absence of internal accounting personnel with the ability to properly account for complex transactions and a lack of separation of duties between accounting and other functions.
We
hired a consulting firm to advise on technical issues related to United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles as related
to the maintenance of our accounting books and records and the preparation of our financial statements. Although we are aware
of the risks associated with not having dedicated accounting personnel, we also are at an early stage in the development of our
business. We anticipate expanding our accounting functions with dedicated staff, and improving our internal accounting procedures
and separation of duties when we can absorb the costs of such expansion and improvement with additional capital resources. In
the meantime, management will continue to observe and assess our internal accounting function and make necessary improvements
whenever they may be required.
| 30 |
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND SIGNIFICANT EMPLOYEES
Name |
Position |
Age |
Term of Office | Approximate hours per week for part-time employees | ||||
| Chadwick Sahley | Chief Executive Officer, Director | 45 | Since
January 2014 | Full-time | ||||
| Samuel Michie | President and Chief Operating Officer, Director | 32 | Since January 2014 | Full-time | ||||
| Matthew Smith | Chief Technology Officer | 44 | Since January 2014
| 20 hours | ||||
| Casey Lavere | Director | 35 | Since May 2016 | Non-employee | ||||
| Steve Heineman | Director | 56 | Since June 2016
| Non-employee |
Chadwick Sahley, Founder and Chief Executive Officer
Chad has served as Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors since the Company’s inception. Chad started his first Company out of his garage, Hieroglyphic Productions. Over the next 10 years he built that company to become one of Disney’s largest vendors producing branded content for shows like Hannah Montana, Wizards of Waverly Place and Take Two with Phineas & Ferb. He also directed many A-list celebrities including Taylor Swift, Miley Cyrus, Ben Stiller, Muhammad Ali, and Michael J. Fox.
In 2007 he became one of the early adopters on YouTube, launching an original show that quickly became one of the top comedy channels. He loved this new space for many reasons, but mostly because it leveled the playing field for people who simply wanted to create content without playing the “Hollywood” game. YouTube was also the place where he became fast friends with some of the top content creators.
In 2012, Hieroglyphic Productions was acquired by Maker Studios where Chad served as Vice President of Production, helping to build the company before it was sold two years later to Disney for $650 Million.
Samuel Michie, Founder, President and Chief Operating Officer
Sam has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since the Company’s inception. Sam currently sits on the Company’s board of directors.
Well balanced with experience in sales, business development, and operations management, Sam is a proven business leader. Prior to co-founding Social Bluebook®, Sam played an integral role in company operations for the world's largest YouTube multi-channel network, Maker Studios (2012-2013). He worked on various strategic initiatives including successfully implementing budget-tracking software across seven internal production departments (110+ people) to provide internal and external production cost analytics. Previous to Maker, Sam worked in business development and sales for Adaptive Computing (2009-2012). While at Adaptive, Sam managed a multi-million-dollar sales territory across various verticals such as Oil and Gas, Entertainment, Higher Education, and Software Services. In 2012, Sam broke all company records by reaching his yearly sales quota within the first fiscal quarter.
Matthew Smith, Chief Technology Officer
Matt has served as Chief Technology Officer since March, 2015.
Matt has spent the last decade+ working with software design, development and testing teams around the globe. He’s served in various IT executive and significant roles including CTO at 1800Accountant (2014-2015), VP Operations at Vocalocity (2006-2012), and Technical Manager at AOL, Inc (2004-2006). He’s also provided consulting services to companies who are looking to expand their development teams with offshore resources. He has helped companies find resources to handle UX/UI Design, Programming (any modern language or framework), Database Administration, QA Testing and Linux DevOps. Whether it's spinning up a new product team or simply staff augmentation, he has helped companies set up outsourcing relationships for all aspects of the software development lifecycle. Prior to the 2008 financial crisis, Matt held VP of Product and VP of Technology positions and managed a globally distributed Software Design, Development & QA Team of 30+ who built our dial tone and web platform.
Steve Heineman, Director -
A committed, result-oriented, energetic, and principled leader with over a quarter century of public and a decade worth of private enterprise experience. After a meritorious career in Law Enforcement, Steve has returned to his entrepreneurial and philanthropic roots. Steve takes great pride in the level of respect achieved and leadership shown in his personal and professional life. Steve is known for his ability to motivate people, develop partnerships, and build the collaborative trust necessary to achieve organizational success.
Casey Lavere Butler, Director-
Casey is a professional YouTube video blogger. Since beginning on YouTube in 2009, Casey has quickly grown his viewing audience to over 625,000 subscribers. He has a Youtube channel called caseylavere, where he publishes daily vlogs of his family. Aside from his vlog channel, Casey also has a channel called Hushin where he posts How-to Videos about hunting and cooking game (meat). He turned the word vlog, meaning video blog, into an acronym that stands for Video's Love Outgoing Guys. Casey carries many years experience as an influential content creator and understands the pain points and needs of a content creator.
| 31 |
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, we compensated our three highest paid executive officers as follows:
| Name | Capacities
in which compensation was received | 2015 Cash compensation | 2015
Other compensation | Total compensation | ||||||||
| Chadwick Sahley | CEO | $ | 73,076.86 | 103,901 Common Stock | $ | 73,076.86 | ||||||
| Samuel Michie | COO | $ | 53,846.20 | 55,947 Common Stock | $ | 53,846.20 | ||||||
| Matthew Smith | CTO | $ | 115,384.60 | None | $ | 115,384.60 | ||||||
We anticipate that the salaries for the positions identified above will be $200,000 for the Chief Executive Officer, $175,000 for the President and $200,000 for the Chief Technology Officer.
INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
We rent office space on a month-to-month term from Mr. Sahley, a founding shareholder. During 2014, 2015 and 2016, the Company paid the shareholder approximately $7,000, $16,000 and $[ ], respectively.
| 32 |
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS
The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information as of September 30, 2016, with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock by (1) each individual or entity known to own beneficially more than 10% of our common stock and (2) all of our executive officers and directors, as a group.
The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security. A person is also deemed a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be acquired this way are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing a person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities, and a person may be deemed a beneficial owner of securities to which that person has no economic interest.
As of September 30, 2016, there were 5,208,956 shares of our common stock outstanding. Shares subject to option grants that have vested or options and restricted stock unit grants that will vest within 60 days are deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage ownership of the person holding the options or restricted stock units, but are not deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage ownership of any other person.
| Title of Class | Name and address of beneficial owner(1) | Amount and nature of beneficial ownership | Amount and nature of beneficial ownership acquirable | Percent of class | ||||||||
| Common Stock | Chadwick Sahley | 3,145,054 | 200,065 shares are convertible from Preferred Stock | 58 | % | |||||||
| Common Stock | Samuel Michie | 1,496,435 | 29 | % | ||||||||
| All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group | 90 | % | ||||||||||
(1) Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power for the indicated shares of common stock. Unless otherwise noted, the address for each beneficial owner listed below is c/o New Media Trader, Inc., 31563 Lindero Canyon Road, Unit 2, Westlake Village, California 91361.
| 33 |
SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY AND SECURITIES BEING OFFERED
We are offering Series A-1 Preferred Stock to investors in this offering. The following is a description of our Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and common stock.
Series A-1 Preferred Stock
General
We are offering our Series A-1 Preferred Stock at a price of $3.0029 per share (the “Series A-1 Original Issue Price”) in this offering. The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock are as described below.
Dividend Rights
Holders of our Series A-1 Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or any Deemed Liquidation Event (i.e., a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another company or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company to another company), before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock, the holders of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to holders of common stock an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the Series A-1 Original Issue Price, plus any unpaid dividends, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event. The "Series A-1 Original Issue Price" shall mean $3.0029 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock.
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the remaining funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Company will be distributed among the holders of shares of common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each such holder.
| 34 |
Voting Rights
The Series A-1 Preferred Stock is non-voting except as required under law. Generally, this means that the holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock may vote if any proposed amendment to the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock would affect the holders of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock adversely, but will not adversely affect the other series of Preferred Stock. The holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock are subject to a drag-along provision as set forth in the Subscription Agreement, pursuant to which each holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock agrees that, in the event the Company’s Board and the holders of a majority of the Company’s voting stock vote in favor of a sale of the Company, then such holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock will vote in favor of the transaction if such vote is solicited, refrain from exercising dissenters’ rights with respect to such sale of the Company, and deliver any documentation or take other actions reasonably required, amongst other covenants.
Conversion
Voluntary Conversion Rights. Each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into common stock at an initial conversion rate of one-to-one. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment as provided in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or a Deemed Liquidation Event ((i.e., a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another company or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company to another company), the conversion rights will terminate.
Automatic Conversion. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at the time of such vote or consent, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis, all outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock.
Series A Preferred Stock
General
During the third quarter of 2014, we completed a private placement for the issuance of our Series A Preferred Stock. We issued 2,138,078 shares for total proceeds of $563,200. Our Series A Preferred Stock was issued at a price of $0.2634 (the “Original Issue Price”). The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock are as described below.
| 35 |
Dividend Rights
Holders of our Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. The Company may not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company (other than dividends on shares of common stock payable in shares of common stock) unless the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a non-cumulative dividend on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock accruing at an annual rate in an amount at least equal to the product of (i) three percent (3.0%), and (ii) the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below). The "Series A Original Issue Price" shall mean $0.2634 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock.
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or any Deemed Liquidation Event (i.e., a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another company or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company to another company), before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to holder of common stock an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any unpaid dividends, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event.
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the remaining funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Company will be distributed among the holders of shares of common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each such holder.
Voting Rights
On any matter presented to our stockholders at any stockholders’ meeting (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock may cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provision of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of common stock as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock.
| 36 |
The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Company (the "Series A Director"), and the holders of record of the shares of common stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Company. Any director elected may be removed with or without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. The rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock to elect a director shall terminate on the first date on which there are issued and outstanding less than 200,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock).
Conversion
Voluntary Conversion Rights. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The "Series A Conversion Price" shall initially be equal to the Original Issue Price. The initial Series A Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of common stock, is subject to adjustment as provided in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or a Deemed Liquidation Event (i.e., a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another company or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company to another company), the conversion rights will terminate.
Automatic Conversion. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at the time of such vote or consent, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock.
Protective Provisions
At any time when at least 200,000 shares of the initial Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Company shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting, or voting (as the case may be) separately as a single class:
| ● | alter the rights, powers or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as then in effect, in a way that adversely affects the Series A Preferred Stock; |
| 37 |
| ● | increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of the Preferred Stock; |
| ● | authorize or create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of capital stock having rights, powers, or privileges set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Company, as then in effect, that are senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock; |
| ● | redeem or repurchase any shares of common stock or preferred stock (other than (i) pursuant to employee or consultant agreements giving the Company the right to repurchase shares upon the termination of services pursuant to the terms of the applicable agreement, (ii) pursuant to a right of first offer or refusal in favor of the Company, and (iii) pursuant to the Company's long-term incentive plan and award agreements adopted thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof); or |
| ● | liquidate, dissolve, or wind-up the business and affairs of the Company, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent, agree or commit to do any of the foregoing without conditioning such consent, agreement or commitment upon obtaining the approval the required holders. |
Holders of our Series A Preferred Stock have a right of co-sale and a right of first refusal to purchase shares in new securities the Company may propose to sell after the date of that agreement. The right of first refusal in the agreement will end if the Company makes an initial public offering.
Common Stock
On January 2, 2014, we issued to the founders 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for $400. From January 2, 2014 to December 31, 2014, we issued 634,459 shares of common stock for $140,752 to accredited investors. On May 14, 2015, we issued to the founders 159,848 shares of common stock for services rendered. The shares were valued at $15,186, the then fair market value of the Company’s common stock.
Holders of our common stock are entitled:
| ● | to cast one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders; |
| ● | to receive, on a pro rata basis, dividends and distributions, if any, that the Board of Directors may declare out of legally available funds, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding; and |
| ● | upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, to share equally and ratably in any assets remaining after the payment of all debt and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights, if any, of holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. |
Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is subject to the restrictions set forth in our existing debt agreements and which may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiary incur in the future. See “Dividend Policy.”
The holders of our common stock do not have any preemptive, subscription, conversion, redemption or sinking fund rights. The common stock is not subject to future calls or assessments by us. The rights and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future.
There is no public market for our common stock.
| 38 |
We are offering up to 4,000,000 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, as described in this offering circular. The securities are being sold in all states. We intend to sell our Series A-1 Preferred Stock through our officers, who will not receive any additional compensation for their selling efforts. We may engage a placement agent, who would be a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and registered with the U.S Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker or dealer. We expect that the amount of expenses, other than commissions, of the offering that it will pay will be approximately $240,000, not including state filing fees.
The offering will terminate at the earlier of: (1) the date at which the maximum offering amount has been sold, (2) the date which is one year from this offering being qualified by the Commission, or (3) the date at which the offering is earlier terminated by us in our sole discretion. We are conducting this offering on a best-efforts basis without any minimum target. We may undertake one or more closings on a “rolling” basis. After each closing, funds tendered by investors will be available to the Company. Upon closing, funds tendered by investors will be made available to us for our use.
In order to invest you will be required to subscribe to the Offering and agree to the terms of the Offering, Subscription Agreement, and any other relevant exhibit attached thereto. We may be required to rely on pursuing private financing options in order to continue operations if it takes some time for us to raise funds in this Offering.
| 39 |
New Media Trader, Inc.
December 31, 2015 and 2014
| 40 |
NEW MEDIA TRADER, INC.
Table of Contents
| Pages | |
| Condensed Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2016 (unaudited) and December 31, 2015 | F-2 |
| Unaudited Condensed Statement of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 | F-3 |
| Unaudited Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 | F-4 |
| Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 | F-5 - F-8 |
| Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | F-9 |
| Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 | F-10 |
| Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 | F-11 |
| Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 | F-12 |
| Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 | F-13 |
| Notes to Financial Statements | F-14 - F-26 |
| F-1 |
NEW MEDIA TRADER, INC.
Condensed Balance Sheets
| June
30, 2016 | December 31, 2015 | |||||||
| (Unaudited) | ||||||||
| Assets | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 170,132 | $ | 182,800 | ||||
| Accounts receivable, net | - | 25,000 | ||||||
| Total current assets | 170,132 | 207,800 | ||||||
| Computer Equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $2,584 and 1,842 | 14,569 | 15,311 | ||||||
| Total Assets | $ | 184,701 | $ | 223,111 | ||||
| Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit (Equity) | ||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | $ | 199,914 | $ | 79,292 | ||||
| Convertible notes payable, current portion | 259,167 | - | ||||||
| Total current assets | 459,081 | 79,292 | ||||||
| Convertible notes payable, less current portion | 453,000 | 479,167 | ||||||
| Total Liabilities | 912,081 | 558,459 | ||||||
| Stockholders’ Deficit | ||||||||
| Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001, 5,000,000 shares authorized, 2,138,078 issued and outstanding | 214 | 214 | ||||||
| Common stock, par value $0.0001, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 5,127,906 and 5,127,906 issued and outstanding | 512 | 512 | ||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | 797,090 | 790,450 | ||||||
| Accumulated deficit | (1,525,196 | ) | (1,126,524 | ) | ||||
| Total stockholders' deficit | (727,380 | ) | (335,348 | ) | ||||
| Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit | $ | 184,701 | $ | 223,111 | ||||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-2 |
NEW MEDIA TRADER, INC
Unaudited Condensed Statement of Operations
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
| 2016 | 2015 | |||||||
| Revenues, net | $ | 66 | $ | - | ||||
| Cost of revenues | (2 | ) | - | |||||
| Technology and development | (143,899 | ) | (126,331 | ) | ||||
| Depreciation | (742 | ) | (738 | ) | ||||
| General and administrative expenses | (233,072 | ) | (249,463 | ) | ||||
| Loss from operations | (377,649 | ) | (376,532 | ) | ||||
| Other income expenses | ||||||||
| Interest expense | (21,023 | ) | (9,956 | ) | ||||
| Loss before provision for income taxes | (398,672 | ) | (386,488 | ) | ||||
| Provision for income taxes | - | - | ||||||
| Net loss | $ | (398,672 | ) | $ | (386,488 | ) | ||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-3 |
NEW
MEDIA TRADER, INC.
Unaudited Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
| 2016 | 2015 | |||||||
| Cash Flows From Operating Activities | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | (398,672 | ) | $ | (386,488 | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 742 | 738 | ||||||
| Fair value of equity issued for services | 6,640 | 17,799 | ||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable | 25,000 | - | ||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued Liabilities | 120,622 | 37,000 | ||||||
| Net Cash Used in Operating Activities | (245,668 | ) | (330,951 | ) | ||||
| Cash Flows From Investing Activities | ||||||||
| Purchase of property and equipment | - | (7,211 | ) | |||||
| Net Cash Used in Investing Activities | - | (7,211 | ) | |||||
| Cash Flows From Financing Activities | ||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable | 233,000 | 259,166 | ||||||
| Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities | 233,000 | 259,166 | ||||||
| Net (decrease) increase in Cash | (12,668 | ) | (78,996 | ) | ||||
| Cash, Beginning of Period | 182,800 | 471,700 | ||||||
| Cash, End of Period | $ | 170,132 | $ | 392,704 | ||||
| Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: | ||||||||
| Cash paid for interest | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| Cash paid for income taxes | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| Noncash investing and financing activities: none | ||||||||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-4 |
New
Media Trader, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
For the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015
NOTE 1 – NATURE OF BUSINESS
Company and nature of the Business
New Media Trader, Inc. (dba Social Blue Book “SBB”) (the “Company” or “We”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 2, 2014. The Company operates the website, Socialbluebook.com which offers a financial analysis of how much a transaction is worth when an advertiser approaches a social media content creator about using their social media platforms (e.g., You Tube, Vine, Facebook, and Twitter) for product placements and other forms of native advertising. Creators connect their social platforms to the Company’s assessment tools, and the Company’s proprietary algorithms calculate a dollar value that the parties to a promotion transaction then use as a documented basis for their negotiations. The Company calculates a suggested price that a content creator can use as a starting point in negotiations with a brand or agency. The Company’s price analysis takes into account the key factors such as the demographic reach, viewership, engagement, and genre.
Recently, the Company released a beta version of its creator marketplace for advertisers, brands and agencies. The proprietary marketplace platform allows brands and agencies to search through the Company’s database of content creators and obtain their prices (values based on the company’s algorithms), as well as other essential demographic data for advertising or marketing campaigns. When they locate creators on the Company’s website that are of interest, they then can use the Company’s portal to invite them to participate in campaigns. The Company has also created a payment platform for advertisers, brands and agencies to pay the content providers. Successfully executed campaigns can utilize SBB’s direct deposit payment method, and the Company charges a fee for the transaction. The Company is headquartered in Los Angeles, California.
Financial Statement Presentation and basis of presentation
The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements and notes are representations of the Company’s management, who are responsible for their integrity and objectivity. These statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and disclosures required by GAAP for annual financial statements. In the opinion of management, such statements include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring items) that are considered necessary for a fair presentation of the condensed financial statements of the Company as of June 30, 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full year ended December 31, 2016, or any other period. These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and related disclosures of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years then ended included in the Company’s offering circular filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 5, 2016.
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going-concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has not generated sufficient revenue and has funded its operating losses through the sale of common stock and the issuance of debt. The Company has a limited operating history and its prospects are subject to risks, expenses and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in the industry.
In the course of its development activities, the Company has sustained and continues to sustain losses. The Company cannot predict if or when the Company will generate profits. Since inception the Company has generated cumulative net losses of approximately $1,525,000.
| F-5 |
The Company has not yet established an ongoing source of revenues sufficient to cover its operating costs and allow it to continue as a going concern. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern depends on it obtaining the adequate capital to fund operating losses until it becomes profitable. Management plans to continue as a going concern to achieve a profitable level of operations include generating cash through increased product sales, reducing planned expenditures, if necessary, and raising capital from investors
While management plans to take the steps necessary to extend the time period over which the then-available resources would be able to fund the operations, management cannot provide any assurances that the Company will be successful in accomplishing any of its plans. Additionally, there can be no assurance that, if such efforts are successful, the terms and conditions of such financing will be favorable. If the Company is unable to obtain adequate capital, it could be forced to cease operations.
During the six months ended June 30, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 the Company obtained capital for working capital totaling of approximately $233,000 and $479,000, respectively, in connection with issuances of convertible promissory notes. During the 2014, the Company obtained capital for working capital need totaling approximately $563,000 in connection with issuances of its series A convertible preferred stock and approximately $141,000 from the issuance of its common stock. The Company has and is in discussion with several investment banking firms and is evaluating the Company’s options for additional obtaining additional funding for its working capital needs. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon its ability to successfully accomplish its plans and eventually secure other sources of financing and attain profitable operations. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of assets and/or liabilities that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In August 2016, the accounting standard update related to the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments was issued. This standard update addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. The amendments in this update are effective as of the first quarter of 2018; however, early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this standard update will have on our condensed consolidated financial statements.
In June 2016, the standard update related to the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments was issued. This standard update requires financial assets measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. This standard update is effective as of the first quarter of 2020; however, early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this standard update will have on our condensed consolidated financial statements.
In May 2016, accounting guidance was issued to clarify the not yet effective revenue recognition guidance issued in May 2014. This additional guidance does not change the core principle of the revenue recognition guidance issued in May 2014, rather, it provides clarification of accounting for collections of sales taxes as well as recognition of revenue (i) associated with contract modifications, (ii) for noncash consideration, and (iii) based on the collectability of the consideration from the customer. The guidance also specifies when a contract should be considered “completed” for purposes of applying the transition guidance. The effective date and transition requirements for this guidance are the same as the effective date and transition requirements for the guidance previously issued in 2014, which is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact that this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In April 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to identifying performance obligations in contracts with customers and improving the operability and understandability of licensing implementation guidance. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued to improve the accounting for employee stock-based payments. The guidance simplifies accounting for stock-based award transactions specific to income tax consequences, the classification of awards as equity or liabilities, and the classification of award payments on the statement of cash flows. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
| F-6 |
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued to clarify the application of previously issued revenue recognition guidance related to whether an entity is a principal or an agent. More specifically, this new guidance clarifies that the analysis must focus on whether the entity has control of the goods or services before they are transferred to the customer and provides additional guidance about how to apply the control principle when services are provided and when goods or services are combined with other goods or services. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact that this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to accounting for derivatives and hedging activity. The guidance amends existing GAAP by clarifying that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as a hedging instrument does not, in and of itself, require de-designation of that hedging relationship, provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. The amendment improves prior guidance by eliminating diversity in practice. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The guidance may be applied prospectively or using a modified retrospective approach to adjust retained earnings. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
In March 2016, additional accounting guidance was issued pertaining to accounting for derivatives and hedging activity. The guidance clarifies the steps required when assessing whether the economic characteristics and risks of call (put) options are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of their debt hosts, which is one of the criteria for bifurcating an embedded derivative. Consequently, when a call (put) option is contingently exercisable, an entity does not have to assess whether the event that triggers the ability to exercise a call (put) option is related to interest rates or credit risks. The amendment improves prior guidance by eliminating diversity in practice in assessing embedded contingent call (put) options in debt instruments. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In February 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to leases to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The core principle of this guidance is that a lessee should recognize a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial.
In January 2016, accounting guidance was issued on the classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities (equity securities and financial liabilities) under the fair value option and the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. The guidance modifies how an entity measures equity investments and presents changes in the fair value of financial liabilities. Under the new guidance, an entity will have to measure at fair value those equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method, and an entity will have to recognize any changes in fair value in net income unless the investments qualify for the new practicality exception. That exception will apply to those equity investments that do not have a readily determinable fair value and do not qualify for the practical expedient to estimate fair value under the guidance, and, as such, these investments may be measured at cost. The guidance will be effective on January 1, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
We continually assess any new accounting pronouncements to determine their applicability to us. Where it is determined that a new accounting pronouncement affects our financial reporting, we undertake a study to determine the consequence of the change to our financial statements and assure that there are proper controls in place to ascertain that our financial statements properly reflect the change. We have evaluated all other GAAP issued through the date the condensed financials were issued and believe that the adoption of these will not have a material impact on our financial statements.
The Company has implemented all other new accounting pronouncements that are in effect and that may impact its financial statement and does not believe that there are any other new accounting pronouncements that have been issued that might have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.
| F-7 |
NOTE 2 – CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE
During 2016 and 2015 the Company completed a private placement of its convertible promissory notes (“Notes”) with twenty accredited investors (“Holders”). The Notes accrue interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum and are due and payable on the second-year anniversary of the purchase date. The notes become due and payable ranging from January 4, 2017 through December 30, 2017. The Notes are convertible into the Company’s common stock, as follows:
In the event that the Company issues and sells shares of the Company’s equity securities (“Equity Securities”) to investors (the “Investors”) on or before the date of the repayment in full of the Notes in an equity financing resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) (not including the conversion of the Notes), then the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, shall automatically convert in whole without any action by the Holders into such Equity Securities at a conversion price equal to eighty percent (80.0%) of the per-share price paid by the Investors for such Equity Securities and otherwise on the same terms and conditions applicable to the Investors.
In the event that the Company consummates a change of control of the Company prior to the conversion or repayment in full of the Notes, the Holders, may elect to either: (i) require the Company to pay the Holders in cash an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (A) one-and-one-half times (1.5x) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding and (B) all unpaid accrued interest thereon; or (ii) convert the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, into shares of common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to the quotient of eight million dollars ($8,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock as of immediately prior to such change of control (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes. The Company will give the Holders at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the anticipated closing date of such Change of Control (provided that such notice may be waived in writing at the election of the Requisite Holders).
In the event that neither of the two above occurs prior to the maturity date, then the Holders, in their sole option and upon written notice to the Company made at least five (5) days prior to the maturity date, may, effective as of the maturity date, elect to either: (i) allow the Notes to remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue as provided under this Note; or (ii) convert the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding at such time (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes) plus any unallocated shares under the Company’s equity incentive plan (the “Equity Plan”). In the event that Holders elect to allow the Notes to remain outstanding after the maturity date, the Holders may, at any time after the maturity date, and upon at least five (5) days’ prior written notice to the Company, elect to convert the outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding at the time of such notice (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes) plus any unallocated shares under the Equity Plan). In the event the Holders do not timely make an election pursuant to this provision, the Notes shall remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue as provided under the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Company consummates an equity financing transaction after Holder has converted the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock the Holders shall, at the time of such post-conversion financing, have the right to exchange such shares of the Company’s common stock into the same class or series of securities issued in the post-conversion financing (and on the same terms and conditions as such post-conversion financing), based on the then-outstanding principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest under the Notes at the time of the conversion of such amounts into shares of the Company’s Common Stock.
The Company has evaluated the Notes and conversion features in accordance with ASC 815-40 and determined that the embedded conversion features are not considered to be derivative liabilities.
NOTE 3– SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In accordance with ASC 855, “Subsequent Events”, the Company has evaluated all subsequent events through September 16, 2016, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
In 2016, the Company initiated a second round of convertible notes payable (“2016 Notes). The 2016 Notes have substantial the same terms as the notes issued in 2015. As of the issuance of these financial statements, the total 2016 Notes issued was $575,000.
| F-8 |
|
101 Larkspur Landing Circle
Suite 321 Larkspur, CA 94939 www.rbsmllp.com |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors
of New Media Trader, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of New Media Trader, Inc. (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit (equity), and , cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from January 2, 2014 (inception date) to December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We have conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States of America). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of New Media Trader, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the periods ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has an accumulated deficit as of December 31, 2015, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to this matter are described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
/s/ RBSM LLP
RBSM LLP
Larkspur, California
September 29, 2016
| F-9 |
BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2015 and 2014
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| Assets | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 182,800 | $ | 471,700 | ||||
| Accounts receivable, Net | 25,000 | - | ||||||
| Total current assets | 207,800 | 471,700 | ||||||
| Computer Equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $1,842 and $354 | 15,311 | 7,088 | ||||||
| Total Assets | $ | 223,111 | $ | 478,788 | ||||
| Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit (Equity) | ||||||||
| Total current liabilities - Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | $ | 79,292 | $ | 16,094 | ||||
| Convertible notes payable | 479,167 | - | ||||||
| Total liabilities | 558,459 | 16,094 | ||||||
| Stockholders’ Deficit (Equity) | ||||||||
| Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001, 5,000,000 shares authorized, 2,138,078 issued and outstanding | 214 | 214 | ||||||
| Common stock, par value $0.0001, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 5,127,906 and 4,814,229 issued and outstanding | 512 | 481 | ||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | 790,450 | 744,044 | ||||||
| Accumulated deficit | (1,126,524 | ) | (282,045 | ) | ||||
| Total stockholders' (deficit) equity | (335,348 | ) | 462,694 | |||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity | $ | 223,111 | $ | 478,788 | ||||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-10 |
Statements of Operations
| For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 | For the period
January 2, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014 | |||||||
| Revenues, net | $ | 40,000 | $ | - | ||||
| Cost of revenues | (30,000 | ) | - | |||||
| Technology and development | (200,451 | ) | (103,240 | ) | ||||
| Depreciation | (1,488 | ) | (354 | ) | ||||
| General and administrative expenses | (627,345 | ) | (178,451 | ) | ||||
| Loss from operations | (819,284 | ) | (282,045 | ) | ||||
| Other income expenses | ||||||||
| Interest expense | (25,195 | ) | - | |||||
| Loss before provision for income taxes | (844,479 | ) | (282,045 | ) | ||||
| Provision for income taxes | - | - | ||||||
| Net loss | $ | (844,479 | ) | $ | (282,045 | ) | ||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-11 |
NEW
MEDIA TRADER, INC.
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
| Series A Preferred Stock | Common Stock | Additional
Paid-In | Accumulated | Total
Stockholders’ (Deficit) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Deficit | Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance January 2, 2014 (Inception) | - | $ | - | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||||||||
| Share issued to founders | - | - | 4,000,000 | 400 | - | - | 400 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of series A convertible preferred stock | 2,138,078 | 214 | - | - | 562,986 | - | 563,200 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of shares for cash | 634,459 | 63 | 140,689 | - | 140,752 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Restricted stock awards | - | - | 179,770 | 18 | 39,251 | - | 39,269 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Fair value of stock options issued for services | - | - | - | - | 1,118 | - | 1,118 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | - | - | - | - | - | (282,045 | ) | (282,045 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance December 31, 2014 | 2,138,078 | $ | 214 | 4,814,229 | $ | 481 | $ | 744,044 | $ | (282,045 | ) | $ | 462,694 | |||||||||||||||
| Issuance of shares to founders for services | - | - | 159,848 | 16 | 15,170 | - | 15,186 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Restricted stock awards | - | - | 153,829 | 15 | 29,792 | - | 29,807 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Fair value of stock options issued for services | - | - | - | 1,444 | - | 1,444 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | - | - | - | - | - | (844,479 | ) | (844,479 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance December 31, 2015 | 2,138,078 | $ | 214 | 5,127,906 | $ | 512 | $ | 790,450 | $ | (1,126,524 | ) | $ | (335,348 | ) | ||||||||||||||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-12 |
NEW
MEDIA TRADER, INC.
Statements of Cash Flows
| For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 | For the period January 2, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014 | |||||||
| Cash Flows From Operating Activities | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | (844,479 | ) | $ | (282,045 | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 1,488 | 354 | ||||||
| Fair value of equity issued for services | 46,437 | 40,387 | ||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable | (25,000 | ) | - | |||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses | 63,198 | 16,094 | ||||||
| Net Cash Used in Operating Activities | (773,542 | ) | (225,210 | ) | ||||
| Cash Flows From Investing Activities | ||||||||
| Purchase of property and equipment | (9,711 | ) | (7,442 | ) | ||||
| Net Cash Used in Investing Activities | (9,711 | ) | (7,442 | ) | ||||
| Cash Flows From Financing Activities | ||||||||
| Issuance of series A convertible preferred shares for cash | - | 563,200 | ||||||
| Issuance of common stock for cash | - | 141,152 | ||||||
| Cash from issuance of convertible notes payable | 479,167 | - | ||||||
| Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities | 494,353 | 704,352 | ||||||
| Net (decrease) increase in Cash | (288,900 | ) | 471,700 | |||||
| Cash, Beginning of Period | 471,700 | - | ||||||
| Cash, End of Period | $ | 182,800 | 471,700 | |||||
| Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: | ||||||||
| Cash paid for interest | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| Cash paid for income taxes | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| Noncash investing and financing activities: none | ||||||||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-13 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies
Company and nature of the Business
New Media Trader, Inc. (dba Social Blue Book) (the “Company” or “We”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 2, 2014. The Company operates the website, Socialbluebook.com which offers a financial analysis of how much a transaction is worth when an advertiser approaches a social media content creator about using their social media platforms (e.g., You Tube, Vine, Facebook, and Twitter) for product placements and other forms of native advertising. Creators connect their social platforms to the Company’s assessment tools, and the Company’s proprietary algorithms calculate a dollar value that the parties to a promotion transaction then use as a documented basis for their negotiations. The Company calculates a suggested price that a content creator can use as a starting point in negotiations with a brand or agency. The Company’s price analysis takes into account the key factors such as the demographic reach, viewership, engagement, and genre.
Recently, the Company released a beta version of its creator marketplace for advertisers, brands & Agencies. The proprietary marketplace platform allows brands and agencies to search through the Company’s database of content creators and obtain their prices (values based on the company's algorithms) as well as other essential demographic data for advertising or marketing campaigns. When they locate creators on the Company’s website that are of interest, they then can use the Company’s portal to invite them to participate in campaigns. The Company has also created a payment platform for advertisers, brands and agencies to pay the content providers. Successfully executed campaigns can utilize Social Blue Book’s (“SBB”) direct deposit payment method, and the Company charges a fee for the transaction. New Media Trader is headquartered in Los Angeles, California.
Financial Statement Presentation and basis of presentation
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going-concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has not generated sufficient revenue and has funded its operating losses through the sale of common stock and the issuance of debt. The Company has a limited operating history and its prospects are subject to risks, expenses and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in the industry.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business.
In the course of its development activities, the Company has sustained and continues to sustain losses. The Company cannot predict if or when the Company will generate profits. Since inception the Company has generated cumulative net losses of approximately $1,127,000.
The Company has not yet established an ongoing source of revenues sufficient to cover its operating costs and allow it to continue as a going concern. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern depends on it obtaining the adequate capital to fund operating losses until it becomes profitable. Management plans to continue as a going concern to achieve a profitable level of operations include generating cash through increased product sales, reducing planned expenditures, if necessary, and raising capital from investors.
| F-14 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
While management plans to take the steps necessary to extend the time period over which the then-available resources would be able to fund the operations, management cannot provide any assurances that the Company will be successful in accomplishing any of its plans. Additionally, there can be no assurance that, if such efforts are successful, the terms and conditions of such financing will be favorable. If the Company is unable to obtain adequate capital, it could be forced to cease operations.
During 2015, the Company obtained capital for working capital totaling of approximately $479,000 in connection with issuances of convertible promissory notes. During the 2014, the Company obtained capital for working capital need totaling approximately $563,000 in connection with issuances of its series A convertible preferred stock and approximately $141,000 from the issuance of its common stock. The Company has and is in discussion with several investment banking firms and is evaluating the Company’s options for additional obtaining additional funding for its working capital needs. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon its ability to successfully accomplish its plans and eventually secure other sources of financing and attain profitable operations. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of assets and/or liabilities that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and that affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates. In addition, any change in these estimates or their related assumptions could have an adverse effect on our operating results. Key estimates include: valuation of derivative liabilities and valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities.
Certain Risks and Concentrations
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from advertising revenue earned from advertising customers for delivering ad impressions on our platform and from billings to ad networks that represent adverting customers. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. Although typical payment terms for online adverting industry are slow, historically, write-off losses have been minimal and within management’s expectations. For both December 31, 2015 and 2014, the allowance for doubtful accounts was nil.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents. The Company may, from time to time, have deposits in one financial institution that exceeds the federally insured amount.
| F-15 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and generally do not bear interest. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established, as necessary, based on past experience and other factors, which, in management’s judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating bad debts. Such factors include growth and composition of accounts receivable, the relationship of the allowance for doubtful accounts to accounts receivable and current economic conditions. The determination of the collectability of amounts due from customer accounts requires the Company to make judgments regarding future events and trends. Allowances for doubtful accounts are determined based on assessing the Company’s portfolio on an individual customer and on an overall basis. This process consists of a review of historical collection experience, current aging status of the customer accounts, and the financial condition of the Company’s customers.
Computer Equipment
Computer equipment is stated at cost. When retired or otherwise disposed, the related carrying value and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and the net difference less any amount realized from disposition, is reflected in earnings. For financial statement purposes, property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, which is generally five years. Upon sale or retirement of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.
Platform Technology and Development Expenses
Costs for technology, including predevelopment efforts prior to establishing technological feasibility of our platform are expensed as incurred.
Development costs are capitalized when technological feasibility has been established and anticipated future revenues support the recoverability of the capitalized amounts. Capitalization stops when the product is available for general release to customers. Due to the short time period between achieving technological feasibility and product release and the insignificant amount of costs incurred during such periods, the Company has not capitalized any software development, and have expensed these costs as incurred.
Fair Value Measurement
The accounting standards regarding fair value of financial instruments and related fair value measurements define fair value, establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhance disclosure requirements for fair value measures.
ASC Topic 820 establishes a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs to valuation used to measure fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows:
Level 1 - inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3 - inputs are unobservable inputs based on our own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value.
| F-16 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
On a Recurring Basis:
A financial asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability. The Company has determined that the convertible debt instruments outstanding as of the date of these financial statements include an exercise price “reset” adjustment that qualifies as derivative financial instruments under the provisions of ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in an Entity’s Own Stock (“ASC 815-40”).
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statements of operations. For stock-based derivative financial instruments, the Company uses the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model to value the derivative instruments. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative instrument liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement of the derivative instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date.
Based on the Company’s analysis the embedded features of the convertible notes payable and series A convertible preferred stock are not considered to be derivative liabilities.
Revenue Recognition
The Company derives its revenue when a brand or an agency pays a fee to social media content creator. The Company charges the social media content creator for a fee for each transaction entered into with a brand or agency.
Revenue is recognized when services have been provided and persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Generally, the Company does not provide its customers with a contractual right of return. Management believes that all relevant criteria and conditions are considered when recognizing revenue.
Concentrations
One customer accounted for 100% of the Company’s revenue for 2015 and the same customer accounted for 100% accounts receivable as of December 31, 2015.
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
Share-based compensation cost is measured at grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s service period. The Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.
| F-17 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
The Company has determined that the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model is the most appropriate method for determining the estimated fair value for stock options or warrants. The Black-Scholes Model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions that determine the fair value of share-based awards, including the equity instrument’s expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock.
Equity instruments issued to nonemployees are recorded at their fair value on the measurement date and are subject to periodic adjustment as the underlying equity instruments vest.
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred taxes represent the future tax consequences expected to occur when the reported amounts of assets and liabilities are recovered or paid. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Deferred taxes result from differences between the financial and tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes are enacted. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized.
The Company must assess the likelihood that the Company’s deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and to the extent the Company believes that recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance is recognized. Management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against the net deferred tax assets. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. Based on the available evidence, the Company believes it is more likely than not, that it will not be able to utilize its deferred tax assets in the future. The Company intends to maintain valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of such valuation allowances. Management makes estimates and judgments about the Company’s future taxable income that is based on assumptions that are consistent with management’s plans. Should the actual amounts differ from the estimates, the carrying value of the Company’s deferred tax assets could be materially impacted.
The Company recognizes in the financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of operating expense. The Company does not believe there are any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within twelve months of the reporting date. There were no penalties or interest liabilities accrued as of December 31, 2015 or 2014, nor were any penalties or interest costs included in expense for 2015 and 2014.
Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity of a company during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments from owners and distributions to owners. For 2015 and 2014, the Company had no comprehensive loss transactions.
| F-18 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Commitments and Contingencies
In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to loss contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business, that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, government investigations, environment liability and tax matters. An accrual for a loss contingency is recognized when it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2016, accounting guidance was issued to clarify the not yet effective revenue recognition guidance issued in May 2014. This additional guidance does not change the core principle of the revenue recognition guidance issued in May 2014, rather, it provides clarification of accounting for collections of sales taxes as well as recognition of revenue (i) associated with contract modifications, (ii) for noncash consideration, and (iii) based on the collectability of the consideration from the customer. The guidance also specifies when a contract should be considered “completed” for purposes of applying the transition guidance. The effective date and transition requirements for this guidance are the same as the effective date and transition requirements for the guidance previously issued in 2014, which is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact that this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In April 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to identifying performance obligations in contracts with customers and improving the operability and understandability of licensing implementation guidance. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact of this new guidance on its financial statements.
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued to improve the accounting for employee stock-based payments. The guidance simplifies accounting for stock-based award transactions specific to income tax consequences, the classification of awards as equity or liabilities, and the classification of award payments on the statement of cash flows. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued to clarify the application of previously issued revenue recognition guidance related to whether an entity is a principal or an agent. More specifically, this new guidance clarifies that the analysis must focus on whether the entity has control of the goods or services before they are transferred to the customer and provides additional guidance about how to apply the control principle when services are provided and when goods or services are combined with other goods or services. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact that this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to accounting for derivatives and hedging activity. The guidance amends existing GAAP by clarifying that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as a hedging instrument does not, in and of itself, require de-designation of that hedging relationship, provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. The amendment improves prior guidance by eliminating diversity in practice. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The guidance may be applied prospectively or using a modified retrospective approach to adjust retained earnings. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its financial statements.
| F-19 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
In March 2016, additional accounting guidance was issued pertaining to accounting for derivatives and hedging activity. The guidance clarifies the steps required when assessing whether the economic characteristics and risks of call (put) options are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of their debt hosts, which is one of the criteria for bifurcating an embedded derivative. Consequently, when a call (put) option is contingently exercisable, an entity does not have to assess whether the event that triggers the ability to exercise a call (put) option is related to interest rates or credit risks. The amendment improves prior guidance by eliminating diversity in practice in assessing embedded contingent call (put) options in debt instruments. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In February 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to leases to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The core principle of this guidance is that a lessee should recognize a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In January 2016, accounting guidance was issued on the classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities (equity securities and financial liabilities) under the fair value option, and the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. The guidance modifies how an entity measures equity investments and present changes in the fair value of financial liabilities. Under the new guidance, an entity will have to measure at fair value those equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method, and an entity will have to recognize any changes in fair value in net income unless the investments qualify for the new practicality exception. That exception will apply to those equity investments that do not have a readily determinable fair value and do not qualify for the practical expedient to estimate fair value under the guidance, and, as such, these investments may be measured at cost. The guidance will be effective on January 1, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
The Company continually assess any new accounting pronouncements to determine their applicability. Where it is determined that a new accounting pronouncement affects the Company’s financial reporting, management undertakes a study to determine the consequence of the change to the Company’s financial statements and assure that there are proper controls in place to ascertain that the financial statements properly reflect the change. The Company has evaluated all other GAAP pronouncements issued through the date the financials were issued and believe that the adoption of these will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
NOTE 2 – CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE
During 2015 the Company completed a private placement of its convertible promissory notes (“Notes”) with seventeen accredited investors (“Holders”). The Notes accrue interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum and are due and payable on the second-year anniversary of the purchase date. The notes become due and payable ranging from January 4, 2017 through December 30, 2017. The Notes are convertible into the Company’s common stock, as follows:
In the event that the Company issues and sells shares of the Company’s equity securities (“Equity Securities”) to investors (the “Investors”) on or before the date of the repayment in full of the Notes in an equity financing resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) (not including the conversion of the Notes), then the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, shall automatically convert in whole without any action by the Holders into such Equity Securities at a conversion price equal to eighty percent (80.0%) of the per-share price paid by the Investors for such Equity Securities and otherwise on the same terms and conditions applicable to the Investors.
| F-20 |
NOTE 2 – CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE (continued)
In the event that the Company consummates a change of control of the Company prior to the conversion or repayment in full of the Notes, the Holders, may elect to either: (i) require the Company to pay the Holders in cash an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (A) one-and-one-half times (1.5x) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding and (B) all unpaid accrued interest thereon; or (ii) convert the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, into shares of common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to the quotient of eight million dollars ($8,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock as of immediately prior to such change of control (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes. The Company will give the Holders at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the anticipated closing date of such Change of Control (provided that such notice may be waived in writing at the election of the Requisite Holders).
In the event that neither of the two above occurs prior to the maturity date, then the Holders, in their sole option and upon written notice to the Company made at least five (5) days prior to the maturity date, may, effective as of the maturity date, elect to either: (i) allow the Notes to remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue as provided under this Note; or (ii) convert the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding at such time (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes) plus any unallocated shares under the Company’s equity incentive plan (the “Equity Plan”). In the event that Holders elect to allow the Notes to remain outstanding after the maturity date, the Holders may, at any time after the maturity date, and upon at least five (5) days’ prior written notice to the Company, elect to convert the outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding at the time of such notice (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes) plus any unallocated shares under the Equity Plan). In the event the Holders do not timely make an election pursuant to this provision, the Notes shall remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue as provided under the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Company consummates an equity financing transaction after Holder has converted the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock the Holders shall, at the time of such post-conversion financing, have the right to exchange such shares of the Company’s common stock into the same class or series of securities issued in the post-conversion financing (and on the same terms and conditions as such post-conversion financing), based on the then-outstanding principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest under the Notes at the time of the conversion of such amounts into shares of the Company’s Common Stock.
The Company has evaluated the Notes and conversion features in accordance with ASC 815-40 and determined that the embedded conversion features are not considered to be derivative liabilities.
| F-21 |
NOTE 3 – EQUITY SECURITIES
The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share, consisting of 15,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 share of preferred stock, which are all designated as series A preferred stock.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
During the third quarter of 2014, the Company completed a private placement for the issuance of its series A convertible preferred stock. The Company issued 2,138,078 shares for total proceeds of $563,200.
Each share of series A preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock as is determined by dividing $0.263414 (the “Original Issue Price”) by the series A conversion price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The "Series A Conversion Price" shall initially be equal to the Original Issue Price, which initial Series A Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of series A preferred stock may be converted into shares of common stock, is subject to adjustment as provided in this Restated Certificate.
Also, in the case of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the conversion rights will terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the first payment of any funds and assets distributable on such event to the holders of series A preferred stock.
Common Stock
On January 2, 2014, the Company issued to the founders 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for $400.
From January 2, 2014 to December 31, 2014, the Company issued 634,459 shares of the Company’s common stock for $140,752 to accredited investors.
On May 14, 2015, the Company issued to the founders 159,848 shares of the Company’s common stock for services rendered. The shares were valued at $15,186, the then fair market value of the Company’s common stock. The fair value was determined by independent third-party valuation firm.
Employee Equity Incentive Awards
In 2014, the Company adopted the “2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan” (the “Plan”). The Plan authorized 1,060,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Shares”) to be granted as either restricted stock or stock options, at the discretion of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee, whichever exists at the time of grant. The Company grants awards at exercise prices or strike prices that are equal to the market price of its common stock on the date of grant.
For all share-based awards, the GAAP guidance requires that the Company measure compensation costs related to its share-based payment transactions at fair value on the grant date and that it recognize those costs in the financial statements over the vesting period during which the employee provides service in exchange for the award.
| F-22 |
NOTE 3 – EQUITY SECURITIES (continued)
A summary of the Company’s restricted stock activity and related information is as follows:
| Number of Grants | Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Per Share | Aggregate Intrinsic Value | ||||||||||
| Balance, January 2, 2014 | - | $ | - | $ | ||||||||
| Granted | 345,264 | 0.22 | ||||||||||
| Vested | (179,770 | ) | 0.22 | |||||||||
| Cancelled | - | |||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2014 | 165,494 | 0.22 | - | |||||||||
| Granted | 69,385 | 0.10 | ||||||||||
| Vested | (153,829 | ) | 0.19 | |||||||||
| Cancelled | - | |||||||||||
| Balanced, December 31, 2015 | 81,050 | $ | 0.15 | $ | - | |||||||
The fair market value of the restricted stock issued during 2015 and 2014 was approximately $7,000 and $75,000, respectively. For 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded an expense of approximately $30,000 and $39,000 respectively for restricted stock vested. The remaining unvested fair value as of December 31, 2015 was $13,000
The Company uses the Black-Scholes model to estimate the fair value of each stock option granted. Due to the limited operation history of the Company, it does not have sufficient historical data to estimate exercise behaviors for separate groups of retirement eligible and non-retirement eligible employees. Accordingly, it calculates the weighted average expected stock option on a simplified method which is 7 years.
| F-23 |
NOTE 3 – EQUITY SECURITIES (continued)
A summary of the Company’s stock options and related information is as follows:
| Number of Shares | Weighted-Average Exercise Price | Weighted-average Remaining Contractual Life | Aggregate Intrinsic Value | ||||||||||||
| Balance, January 2, 2014 | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||
| Granted | 31,416 | 0.23 | |||||||||||||
| Exercised | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Cancelled | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2014 | 31,416 | 0.23 | 7.0 | - | |||||||||||
| Granted | 13,596 | 0.10 | |||||||||||||
| Exercised | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Cancelled | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Balanced, December 31, 2015 | 45,012 | 0.19 | 7.0 | - | |||||||||||
| Exercisable as of December 31, 2015 | 21,207 | 0.20 | 7.0 | - | |||||||||||
| Exercisable as of December 31, 2015 and expected to vest | 21,207 | $ | 0.20 | 7.0 | $ | - | |||||||||
The total grant date fair value of stock options vested during 2015 and 2014 was $788 and $4,242. The Company has recognized of $1,444 and $1,118 for 2015 and 2014.
As of December 31, 2015, there was $2,468 of unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding employee stock options. This amount is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4 years. To the extent the actual forfeiture rate is different from what we have estimated, stock-based compensation expense to be related to these awards will be different from our expectations.
| F-24 |
NOTE 3 – EQUITY SECURITIES (continued)
The weighted-average grant date fair value of the options granted during 2015 and 2014, was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| Expected dividend yield | - | - | ||||||
| Expected price volatility | 56.8% - 63.6 | % | 58.7 | % | ||||
| Risk-free interest rate | 1.79% - 1.87 | % | 2.16% - 2.23 | % | ||||
| Expected life of options in years | 7.0 | 7.0 | ||||||
Since the Company is privately-held, the volatility was estimated using an average volatility based on a pool of publicly-held companies whose business are similar in nature to the Company.
NOTE – 4 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company rents office space on a month to month term from a majority shareholder, officer and director of the Company, during 2015 and 2014, the Company paid the shareholder approximately $16,000 and $7,000, respectively
NOTE - 5 INCOME TAXES
A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the United States federal statutory rate of 34% and a Delaware state rate of 0% compared to the Company's income tax expense as reported is as follows:
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| Net loss before income taxes | $ | (844,479 | ) | $ | (282,045 | ) | ||
| Income tax rate | 34 | % | 34 | % | ||||
| Income tax recovery | (287,000 | ) | (96,000 | ) | ||||
| Valuation allowance change | 287,000 | 96,000 | ||||||
| Provision for income taxes | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
The significant components of deferred income tax assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| Net operating loss carry-forward | $ | 383,000 | $ | 96,000 | ||||
| Valuation allowance | (383,000 | ) | (96,000 | ) | ||||
| Net deferred income tax asset | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| F-25 |
NOTE - 5 INCOME TAXES (continued)
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company has no unrecognized income tax benefits. The Company's policy for classifying interest and penalties associated with unrecognized income tax benefits is to include such items as tax expense. No interest or penalties have been recorded for 2015 and 2014, and no interest or penalties have been accrued as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 the Company did not have any amounts recorded pertaining to uncertain tax positions.
The tax years from 2014 and forward remain open to examination by federal and state authorities due to net operating loss and credit carryforwards. The Company is currently not under examination by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authorities.
NOTE – 6 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In 2016, the Company initiated a second round of convertible notes payable (“2016 Notes). The 2016 Notes have substantial the same terms as the notes issued in 2015. As of the issuance of these financial statements, the total 2016 Notes issued was $498,000.
In accordance with ASC 855, “Subsequent Events”, the Company has evaluated all subsequent events through September 29, 2016, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
NOTE - 7 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Unaudited)
In accordance with ASC 855, “Subsequent Events”, the Company has evaluated all subsequent events through September 29, 2016, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. The following events occurred after September 29, 2016:
In 2016, the Company initiated a second round of convertible notes payable (“2016 Notes). The 2016 Notes have substantial the same terms as the notes issued in 2015. After the issuance of these financial statements, the total 2016 Notes issued was $290,000.
| F-26 |
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
| Exhibit 2.1 | Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation |
| Exhibit 2.2 | Bylaws |
| Exhibit 4 | Form of Subscription Agreement* |
| Exhibit 5 | Voting Agreement* |
| Exhibit 11 | Consent of Auditor |
| Exhibit 12 | Opinion as to validity of securities* |
| Exhibit 13 | Testing the waters materials* |
| Exhibit 15(a).1 | Submissions pursuant to Rule 252. |
| Exhibit 15(a).2 | Submissions pursuant to Rule 252. |
* To be filed by amendment to this Offering Circular
| 41 |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this Offering Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los Angeles, State of California, on December 19, 2016.
New Media Trader, Inc.
/s/ Samuel Michie
By Samuel Michie, President
This Offering Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ Chadwick Sahley
Chadwick Sahley, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Date: December 19, 2016
/s/ Samuel Michie
Samuel Michie, President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Date: December 19, 2016
42
Exhibit 2.1
| Delaware | Page 1 | |
| The First State |
I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF “NEW MEDIA TRADER, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE FOURTEENTH DAY OF DECEMBER, A.D. 2016, AT 8:11 O’CLOCK A.M.
A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE KENT COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.
|
/s/ Jeffrey W. Bullock Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State | |
|
5443553 8100 SR# 20167065547 |
Authentication: 203508446 Date: 12-14-16 | |
| You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml | ||
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
NEW MEDIA TRADER, INC.
(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)
New Media Trader, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify:
| 1. | The name of the Corporation is New Media Trader, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 2, 2014 under the name New Media Trader, Inc. |
| 2. | This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. |
| 3. | The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, New Media Trader, Inc., has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Sam Michie a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on this 13th day of December, 2016.
| By: | /s/ Sam Michie | |
| Name: | Sam Michie | |
| Title: | President |
| State of Delaware | |
| Secretary of State | |
| Division of Corporations | |
| Delivered 08:11 AM 12/14/2016 | |
| FILED 08:11 AM 12/14/2016 | |
| SR 20167065547 - File Number 5443553 |
Exhibit A
NEW MEDIA TRADER, INC.
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
ARTICLE I: NAME.
The name of this corporation is New Media Trader, Inc. (the “Corporation”).
ARTICLE II: REGISTERED OFFICE.
The registered agent and the address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware are:
United Corporate Services, Inc.
874 Walker Road, Suite C
Dover, County of Kent
Delaware 19904
ARTICLE III: DEFINITIONS.
As used in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Restated Certificate”), the following terms have the meanings set forth below:
“Requisite Holders” means the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as-converted basis).
ARTICLE IV: PURPOSE.
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE V: AUTHORIZED SHARES.
The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Twenty Million, Seven Hundred Thirty-Eight Thousand, Seventy-Eight (20,738,078) shares, Thirteen Million, Three Hundred Thousand (13,300,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share; and Seven Million, Four Hundred Thirty-Eight Thousand, Seventy-Eight (7,438,078) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Two Million, One Hundred Thirty-Eight Thousand, Seventy-Eight (2,138,078) shares. The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A-1 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of Five Million, Three Hundred Thousand (5,300,000) shares.
A. COMMON STOCK
The following rights, powers privileges and restrictions, qualifications, and limitations apply to the Common Stock.
1. General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series A-1 Preferred Stock set forth herein. For purposes of this Article V, “Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series A-1 Preferred Stock.
| - 1 - |
2. Voting. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). Unless required by law, there shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Restated Certificate) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.
B. PREFERRED STOCK
The following rights, powers and privileges, and restrictions, qualifications and limitations, shall apply to the Preferred Stock. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” in this Part B of this Article V refer to sections of this Part B of Article V.
1. Dividends. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Restated Certificate) the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a non-cumulative dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis in proportion to the Dividend Rates for each series of Preferred Stock. “Dividend Rate” shall mean (i) an annual rate in an amount at least equal to the product of (x) three percent (3.0%), and (y) the Series A Original. Issue Price (as defined below) for the Series A Preferred Stock, and (ii) an annual rate in an amount at least equal to the product of (x) three percent (3.0%), and (y) the Series A-1 Original Issue Price (as defined below) for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock. The “Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.2634 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, and $3.0029 per share for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such series of Preferred Stock).
2. Liquidation, Dissolution, or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.
2.1 Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation or any Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, on a pari passu basis, shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock reason of their ownership thereof, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding must be paid out of the funds and assets available for distribution to its stockholders, an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the Original Issue Price specified for such share of Preferred Stock, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such share of Preferred Stock, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up or Deemed Liquidation. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution, or winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event of the Corporation, the funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation are insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they are entitled under this Section 2.1, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock will share ratably in any distribution of the funds and assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.
| - 2 - |
2.2 Payments to Holders of Common Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2.1, the remaining funds and assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders will be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.
2.3 Deemed Liquidation Events.
2.3.1 Definition. Each of the following events is a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the Requisite Holders elect otherwise by written notice received by the Corporation at least five (5) days prior to the effective date of any such event:
(a) a merger or consolidation in which (i) the Corporation is a constituent party, or (ii) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party, and in either case of (i) and (ii) the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation, except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for equity securities that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the equity securities of (1) the surviving or resulting party, or (2) if the surviving or resulting party is a wholly owned subsidiary of another party immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent of such surviving or resulting party; provided that, for the purpose of this Section 2.3.1, all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, deemed to be converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged; or
(b) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or, if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to the Corporation or one or more wholly owned subsidiaries of the Corporation or such other entity with respect to which at least a majority, by voting power, of the shares of capital stock or other equity securities thereof are, immediately following such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, owned by the holders of shares of Common Stock in effect immediately prior to such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition.
2.3.2 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed. The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition described in this Section 2.3 will be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”).
| - 3 - |
3. Voting.
3.1 General.
3.1.1 Series A Preferred Stock. On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Fractional votes shall not be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) will be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward). Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of this Restated Certificate, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision of this Restated Certificate, to notice of any stockholder meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation.
3.1.2 Series A-1 Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise provided by law, the holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights and their consent shall not be required for taking any corporate action.
3.2 Election of Directors. The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation, and the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation. Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed with or without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3.1.1, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; provided, that in the event that the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock fail to elect a person to fill a directorship within ninety (90) days of a vacancy, then such directorship may be filled by holders of shares of Common Stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Series A Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.1.1, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Section 3.1.1. The rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock under the first and second sentences of this Section 3.2 shall terminate on the first date following the filing of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation on which there are issued and outstanding less than 200,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock).
| - 4 - |
3.3 Series A Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least 200,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Restated Certificate) the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting, or voting (as the case may be) separately as a single class:
(a) alter the rights, powers or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth in the Restated Certificate or Bylaws, as then in effect, in a way that adversely affects the Series A Preferred Stock;
(b) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock;
(c) authorize or create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of capital stock having rights, powers, or privileges set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as then in effect, that are senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock;
(d) redeem or repurchase any shares of Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock (other than (i) pursuant to employee or consultant agreements giving the Corporation the right to repurchase shares upon the termination of services pursuant to the terms of the applicable agreement, (ii) pursuant to a right of first offer or refusal in favor of the Corporation, and (iii) pursuant to the Corporation’s long-term incentive plan and award agreements adopted thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof); or
(e) liquidate, dissolve, or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent, agree or commit to do any of the foregoing without conditioning such consent, agreement or commitment upon obtaining the approval required by this Section 3.3.
4. Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock have the following conversion rights (the “Conversion Rights”):
4.1 Right to Convert.
4.1.1 Conversion Ratio. Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. “Conversion Price” shall mean (i) $0.2634 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock and (ii) $3.0029 per share for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, is subject to adjustment as provided in this Restated Certificate.
4.1.2 Termination of Conversion Rights. Subject to Section 4.3.1 in the case of a Contingency Event (as defined therein), in the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights will terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the first payment of any funds and assets distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.
| - 5 - |
4.2 Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion will be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.
4.3 Mechanics of Conversion.
4.3.1 Notice of Conversion. To voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, a holder Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates for the shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that any such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that the holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by the certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which the conversion is contingent (a “Contingency Event”). The conversion notice must state the holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of the certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice (or, if later, the date on which all Contingency Events have occurred) will be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such time. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (a) issue and deliver to the holder, or to the holder’s nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion in accordance with the provisions of this Restated Certificate and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (b) pay in cash such amount as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (c) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.
4.3.2 Reservation of Shares. For the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall at all times while any share of Preferred Stock is outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, that number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as may from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock is not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to cause such corporate action to be taken as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate. Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock below the then-par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take any corporate action that may be necessary so that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.
| - 6 - |
4.3.3 Effect of Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock that shall have been surrendered for conversion as provided in this Restated Certificate shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares will immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Section 4.2, and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.
4.3.4 No Further Adjustment. Upon any conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, no adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.
4.4 Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the filing of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, effects a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of Preferred Stock will be increased in proportion to the increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before the combination will be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of Preferred Stock shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this Section 4.4 becomes effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.
4.5 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the filing of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, makes or issues, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before the event will be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event a record date has been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying such Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:
(a) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of the issuance or the close of business on the record date, and
(b) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately before the time of such issuance or the close of business on the record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if such record date has been fixed and the dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, such Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter such Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.5 as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions, and (ii) no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock that they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of the event.
| - 7 - |
4.6 Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. If at any time or from time to time after the filing of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock of the Corporation, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, or otherwise (other than by a stock split or combination, dividend, distribution, merger or consolidation covered by Sections 4.4, 4.5, 4.7, 4.8 or by Section 2.3 regarding a Deemed Liquidation Event), then in any such event each holder of Preferred Stock may thereafter convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change.
4.7 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the filing of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock), then and in each such event the Corporation shall make, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution to the holders of the series of Preferred Stock in an amount equal to the amount of securities as the holders would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.
4.8 Adjustment for Merger or Consolidation. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, if any consolidation or merger occurs involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash, or other property (other than a transaction covered by Section 4.5, 4.6, or 4.7), then, following any such consolidation or merger, the Corporation shall provide that each share of Preferred Stock will thereafter be convertible, in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to the event, into the kind and amount of securities, cash, or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Preferred Stock immediately prior to the consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the transaction, and, in such case, the Corporation shall make appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board) in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.
4.9 Adjustment Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below)), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance, then the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issuance, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:
CP2 = CP1* (A + B) ¸ (A + C).
For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:
“CP2” shall mean the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately after such issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;
| - 8 - |
“CP1” shall mean the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;
“A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or issuable upon conversion or exchange of any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (excluding Options, “Convertible Securities”) including the Preferred Stock;
“B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issuance by CP1); and
“C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.
For purpose of this Section 4.9, “Additional Shares of Common Stock” means all shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation other than: (a) shares of Common Stock, options or warrants or rights to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities (“Options”), or Convertible Securities in each case issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock; (b) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Sections 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8; (c) shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board; (d) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security; (e) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board; (f) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible issued pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board; or (g) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board; or (h) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board.
Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 4.9 to the contrary, no adjustment in the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the Requisite Holders agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.
| - 9 - |
4.10 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than fifteen (15) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms of this Restated Certificate and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth the adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash, or other property into which the Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (a) the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock then in effect, and (b) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash, or property which then would be received upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.
4.11 Mandatory Conversion. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the Requisite Holders at the time of such vote or consent, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent, the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of Common Stock, at the applicable ratio described in Section 4.1.1 as the same may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4, and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.
4.12 Procedural Requirements. The Corporation shall notify in writing all holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.11. Unless otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate, the notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of the notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender such holder’s certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 4. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 4.11, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Section 4.12. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to such holder’s nominee(s), a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock (and the applicable series thereof) accordingly.
| - 10 - |
5. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries will be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following any such redemption.
6. Waiver. Any of the rights, powers, privileges and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived prospectively or retrospectively on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of the Requisite Holders.
7. Notice of Record Date. In the event:
(a) the Corporation takes a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or
(b) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or
(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,
then, and in each such case, the Corporation shall send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a written notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution, or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) will be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. The Corporation shall send the notice at least twenty (20) days before the earlier of the record date or effective date for the event specified in the notice.
8. Notices. Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article V to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock must be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and will be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.
ARTICLE VI: PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.
No stockholder of the Corporation has a right to purchase shares of capital stock of the Corporation sold or issued by the Corporation except to the extent that such a right may from time to time be set forth in a written agreement between the Corporation and the stockholder.
| - 11 - |
ARTICLE VII: STOCK REPURCHASES.
For purposes of Section 500 of the California Corporations Code (to the extent applicable), in connection with any repurchase of shares of Common Stock permitted under this Restated Certificate from employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company in connection with a termination of employment or services pursuant to agreements or arrangements approved by the Board (in addition to any other consent required under this Restated Certificate), such repurchase may be made without regard to any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code). Accordingly, for purposes of making any calculation under California Corporations Code Section 500 in connection with such repurchase, the amount of any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined therein) shall be deemed to be zero (0).
ARTICLE VIII: BYLAW PROVISIONS.
A. AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS. Subject to any additional vote required by this Restated Certificate or bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”), in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws.
B. NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. Subject to any additional vote required by this Restated Certificate, the number of directors of the Corporation will be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws.
C. BALLOT. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.
D. MEETINGS AND BOOKS. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the Bylaws.
ARTICLE IX: DIRECTOR LIABILITY.
A. LIMITATION. To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article IX to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as so amended. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX by the stockholders will not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.
B. INDEMNIFICATION.
1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments and fines, excise taxes under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 3 hereof with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation.
| - 12 - |
2. Right to Advancement of Expenses. The right to indemnification conferred in Section 1 shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding for which such right to indemnification is applicable in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section or otherwise.
3. Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections 1 and 2 shall be contract rights. If a claim under Sections 1 or 2 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
| - 13 - |
4. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Section shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
5. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
6. Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the board of directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.
7. Amendment. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article IX.B, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation inconsistent with this Article IX.B, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX.B in respect of any matter occurring, or action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article IX.B, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
C. MODIFICATION. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware hereafter is amended to further eliminate or limit the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Any repeal or modification of this paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
* * * * *
- 14 -
Exhibit 2.2
CONFIDENTIAL
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
New Media Trader, Inc.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
(ADOPTED JULY 10, 2014)
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
NEW
MEDIA TRADER, INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent.
Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors of the corporation (the “Board of Directors”), and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the state of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
CORPORATE SEAL
Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
ARTICLE III
STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
Section 4. Location. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Los Angeles, State of California, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice.
Section 5. Annual Meeting.
(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5.
(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (2) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (3) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).
| 2 |
(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.
(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the Board shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.
(f) For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.
| 3 |
Section 6. Special Meetings.
(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than thirty percent (30%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.
(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.
Section 7. Notice of Meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.
| 4 |
Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.
Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with the DGCL. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
| 5 |
Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the Section 217(b) of the DGCL. If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.
Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.
Section 13. Action Without Meeting.
(a) Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
| 6 |
(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.
(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.
Section 14. Organization.
(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the Chief Executive Officer, shall act as secretary of the meeting.
| 7 |
(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.
ARTICLE IV
DIRECTORS
Section 15. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors shall initially be three (3), such number to be changed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation. If, for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient.
Section 16. Powers. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
Section 17. Term. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
Section 18. Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.
| 8 |
Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
Section 20. Removal.
(a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law (and assuming the corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the California General Corporation Law), the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.
(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.
Section 21. Meetings.
(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors.
| 9 |
(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), the President (if a director) or any two directors..
(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
Section 22. Quorum and Voting.
(a) Unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the certificate of incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.
(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.
| 10 |
Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
Section 24. Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
Section 25. Minutes of Meetings. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.
Section 26. Fees and Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
Section 27. Committees.
(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee will initially comprise the Chairman of the Board, and may be reconstituted from time to time by the Board. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.
(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.
| 11 |
(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of preferred stock and to the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 27, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.
Section 28. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or if the Chief Executive Officer is not a director or is absent the President (if a director) or if the President is not a director or is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the Chief Executive Officer or President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.
| 12 |
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 29. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, and the Treasurer, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.
Section 30. Tenure and Duties of Officers.
(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.
(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been designated as “Executive Chairman”, he or she shall have substantially similar powers and duties as the Chief Executive Officer, unless otherwise provided for by the Board of Directors.
(c) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.
(d) Duties of President. In case of the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer or if the office of Chief Executive Officer is vacant, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. If the office of the Chief Executive Officer is vacant, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation (subject to the powers of the “Executive Chairman,” if any). The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.
| 13 |
(e) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.
(f) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.
(g) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.
Section 31. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.
| 14 |
Section 32. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the Chief Executive Officer or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.
Section 33. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE VI
EXECUTION
OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING
OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION
Section 34. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.
All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.
Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
Section 35. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.
ARTICLE VII
SHARES OF STOCK
Section 36. Form and Execution of Certificates. Certificates for the shares of stock of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the certificate of incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.
| 15 |
Section 37. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.
Section 38. Transfers.
(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.
(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.
Section 39. Fixing Record Dates.
(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
| 16 |
(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
Section 40. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
| 17 |
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 41. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 36), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.
Section 42. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and applicable law.
Section 43. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
Section 44. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Section 45. Records and Reports. The application and requirements of Section 1501 of the California General Corporation Law are hereby expressly waived to the fullest extent permitted thereunder.
| 18 |
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 46. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.
(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this ARTICLE IX, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (1) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (2) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (3) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (4) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).
(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person except executive officers to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.
(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding; provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 46 or otherwise.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 46, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (1) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.
| 19 |
(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (1) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (2) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.
(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.
(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.
| 20 |
(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 46 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under applicable law.
(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:
(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.
(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.
(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.
(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.
| 21 |
ARTICLE X
NOTICES
Section 47. Notices.
(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in (b) herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.
(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.
(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.
(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.
(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.
| 22 |
(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.
(g) Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of statute, the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.
ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENTS
Section 48. Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the certificate of incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
ARTICLE XII
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL; DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS
Section 49. Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of common stock of the corporation (excluding any shares of common stock issued upon conversion of preferred stock of the corporation) or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:
(a) If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of common stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.
(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 49, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the shares or, with the consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).
| 23 |
(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.
(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.
(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, within the sixty-day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.
(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:
(1) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general of limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer.
(2) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.
(3) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation or to any other stockholder of the corporation.
(4) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to a person who, at the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation.
| 24 |
(5) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.
(6) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders.
(7) A transfer by a stockholder that is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners.
In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw.
(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.
(h) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.
(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(j) The certificates representing shares of common stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:
“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE XII, to the extent that the right of first refusal set forth herein conflicts with a right of first refusal in any written agreement between the corporation and any stockholder of the corporation, then the right of first refusal set forth in such written agreement shall supersede the right of first refusal set forth herein, but only with respect to the specific stockholder(s), share(s) of stock and proposed transfer(s) to which the conflict relates.
| 25 |
Section 50. Drag-along Rights.
(a) If, at any time, a stockholder of the Company who (together with its affiliates) holds no less than a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation (a “Dragging Stockholder”), receives a bona fide offer from a “Third Party Purchaser” (as defined below) to consummate, in one transaction, or a series of related transactions, a “Change of Control” (a “Drag-Along Sale”), the Dragging Stockholder shall have the right to require that each other holder of common stock of the corporation (each, a “Drag-Along Stockholder”) participate in such transfer in the manner set forth in this Section 50. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 50, the Drag-Along Stockholder shall vote in favor of the transaction and take all actions to waive any dissenters, appraisal or other similar rights. For purposes of this Section 50: (a) “Third Party Purchaser” means any individual or bank, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other organization, whether an incorporated or unincorporated organization, who or that, immediately prior to the contemplated transaction, (1) does not directly or indirectly own or have the right to acquire any outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation, or (2) is not an affiliate of any individual or bank, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other organization, whether an incorporated or unincorporated organization, who or that directly or indirectly owns or has the right to acquire any shares of common stock of the corporation, and (b) “Change of Control” means any transaction or series of related transactions (as a result of a tender offer, merger, consolidation or otherwise) that results in, or that is in connection with, (1) any Third Party Purchaser or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder, which shall be in effect at the time (the “Exchange Act”)) of Third Party Purchasers acquiring beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the then issued and outstanding common stock of the corporation, or (1) the sale, lease, exchange, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the corporation and its subsidiaries (if any), on a consolidated basis, to any Third Party Purchaser or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) of Third Party Purchasers (including any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the corporation, or any other distribution made, in connection therewith).
(b) The Dragging Stockholder shall exercise his rights pursuant to this Section 50 by delivering a written notice (the “Drag-Along Notice”) to the corporation and the Drag-Along Stockholder (and any other stockholder subject to a drag-along or similar right) no later than ten (10) business days prior to the closing date of such Drag-Along Sale. The Drag-Along Notice shall make reference to the Dragging Stockholder’s rights and obligations hereunder and shall describe in reasonable detail:
(1) the number of shares of common stock to be sold by the Dragging Stockholder;
(2) the identity of the Third Party Purchaser;
(3) the proposed date, time and location of the closing of the Drag-Along Sale;
| 26 |
(4) the per-share purchase price and the other material terms and conditions of the transfer, including a description of any non-cash consideration in sufficient detail to permit the valuation thereof; and
(5) a copy of any form of agreement proposed to be executed in connection therewith.
(c) Subject to Section 50(c), the Drag-Along Stockholder shall sell in the Drag-Along Sale the number of shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of shares held by the Drag-Along Stockholder by (ii) a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares the Dragging Stockholder proposes to transfer in the Drag-Along Sale and (y) the denominator of which is equal to the number of shares owned by the Dragging Stockholder at such time.
(d) The consideration to be received by the Drag-Along Stockholder shall be the same form and amount of consideration per share to be received by the Dragging Stockholder (or, if the Dragging Stockholder is given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, the same option shall be given) and the terms and conditions of such transfer shall, except as otherwise provided in the immediately succeeding sentence, be the same as those upon which the Dragging Stockholder transfers his shares. The Drag-Along Stockholder shall make or provide the same representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements as the Dragging Stockholder makes or provides in connection with the Drag-Along Sale (except that in the case of representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements pertaining specifically to the Dragging Stockholder, the Drag-Along Stockholder shall make the comparable representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements pertaining specifically to himself or herself).
(e) The fees and expenses of the Dragging Stockholder incurred in connection with a Drag-Along Sale and for the benefit of all stockholders of the corporation shall be borne by the corporation or the Third Party Purchaser.
(f) The Drag-Along Stockholder shall take all actions as may be reasonably necessary to consummate the Drag-Along Sale, including entering into agreements and delivering certificates and instruments, in each case consistent with the agreements being entered into and the certificates being delivered by the Dragging Stockholder.
(g) The Dragging Stockholder shall have 90 business days following the date of the Drag-Along Notice in which to consummate the Drag-Along Sale, on the terms set forth in the Drag-Along Notice (which such 90-business-day period may be extended for a reasonable time not to exceed 120 business days to the extent reasonably necessary to obtain any approvals required to consummate the Drag-Along Sale). If at the end of such period, the Dragging Stockholder has not completed the Drag-Along Sale, the Dragging Stockholder may not then effect a transaction subject to this Section 50 without again fully complying with the provisions of this Section 50.
ARTICLE XIII
LOANS TO OFFICERS
Section 51. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.
| 27 |
| ARTICLE I | OFFICES | 1 |
| Section 1. | Registered Office | 1 |
| Section 2. | Other Offices | 1 |
| ARTICLE II | CORPORATE SEAL | 1 |
| Section 3. | Corporate Seal | 1 |
| ARTICLE III | STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS | 1 |
| Section 4. | Location | 1 |
| Section 5. | Annual Meeting | 2 |
| Section 6. | Special Meetings | 4 |
| Section 7. | Notice of Meeting | 4 |
| Section 8. | Quorum | 5 |
| Section 9. | Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings | 5 |
| Section 10. | Voting Rights | 5 |
| Section 11. | Joint Owners of Stock | 6 |
| Section 12. | List of Stockholders | 6 |
| Section 13. | Action Without Meeting | 6 |
| Section 14. | Organization | 7 |
| ARTICLE IV | DIRECTORS | 8 |
| Section 15. | Number and Term of Office | 8 |
| Section 16. | Powers | 8 |
| Section 17. | Term | 8 |
| Section 18. | Vacancies | 8 |
| Section 19. | Resignation | 9 |
| Section 20. | Removal | 9 |
| Section 21. | Meetings | 9 |
| Section 22. | Quorum and Voting | 10 |
| Section 23. | Action Without Meeting | 11 |
| Section 24. | Telephonic Meetings | 11 |
| Section 25. | Minutes of Meetings | 11 |
| Section 26. | Fees and Compensation | 11 |
| Section 27. | Committees | 11 |
| Section 28. | Organization | 12 |
| ARTICLE V | OFFICERS | 13 |
| Section 29. | Officers Designated | 13 |
| Section 30. | Tenure and Duties of Officers | 13 |
| Section 31. | Delegation of Authority | 14 |
| Section 32. | Resignations | 15 |
| Section 33. | Removal | 15 |
| ARTICLE VI | EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION | 15 |
| Section 34. | Execution of Corporate Instruments | 15 |
| Section 35. | Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation | 15 |
| ARTICLE VII | SHARES OF STOCK | 15 |
| Section 36. | Form and Execution of Certificates | 15 |
| Section 37. | Lost Certificates | 16 |
| Section 38. | Transfers | 16 |
| Section 39. | Fixing Record Dates | 16 |
| Section 40. | Registered Stockholders | 17 |
| ARTICLE VIII | GENERAL PROVISIONS | 18 |
| Section 41. | Execution of Other Securities | 18 |
| Section 42. | Declaration of Dividends | 18 |
| Section 43. | Dividend Reserve | 18 |
| Section 44. | Fiscal Year | 18 |
| Section 45. | Records and Reports | 18 |
| ARTICLE IX | INDEMNIFICATION | 19 |
| Section 46. | Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents | 19 |
| ARTICLE X | NOTICES | 22 |
| Section 47. | Notices | 22 |
| ARTICLE XI | AMENDMENTS | 23 |
| Section 48. | Amendments | 23 |
| ARTICLE XII | RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL; DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS | 23 |
| Section 49. | Right of First Refusal | 23 |
| Section 50. | Drag-along Rights | 26 |
| ARTICLE XIII | LOANS TO OFFICERS | 27 |
| Section 51. | Loans to Officers | 27 |
2
EXHIBIT 11.1

We consent to the use, in this Offering Statement on Form 1-A/A (Amendment No. 2) of New Media Trader, Inc. of our report dated September 29, 2016 on our audits of the balance sheet of New Media Trader, Inc., as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related statements of operations, stockholders' (deficit) equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from inception (January 2, 2014) to December 31, 2014, and the reference to us under the caption "Financial Statements."
Very truly yours,
/s/ RBSM LLP
RBSM LLP
Larkspur, California
December 19, 2016
RBSM, LLP - 101 Larkspur Landing Circle, Suite 321 Larkspur, CA 94939
Other Offices: New York City, NY, Washington DC, Las Vegas, NV, San Francisco, CA, Kansas City, KS, Athens, GRE, Beijing, CHN, Mumbai and Pune, IND
Member of ANTEA with affiliated offices worldwide
Exhibit 15(a).1
An offering statement pursuant to Regulation A relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained in this Preliminary Offering Circular is subject to completion or amendment. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted before the offering statement filed with the Commission is qualified. This Preliminary Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor may there be any sales of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful before registration or qualification under the laws of any such state. We may elect to satisfy our obligation to deliver a Final Offering Circular by sending you a notice within two business days after the completion of our sale to you that contains the URL where the Final Offering Circular or the offering statement in which such Final Offering Circular was filed may be obtained.
Subject to Completion. Dated October 4, 2106
PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR
NEW MEDIA TRADER, INC.
dba Social BlueBook

31563 Lindero Canyon Road, Unit 2
Westlake Village, California 91361
310.948-7954
www.socialbluebook.com
UP TO [ ] SHARES OF SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK+
See SECURITIES BEING OFFERED at Page [ ] for additional details.
| Price Per Share to the Public | Total Number of Shares Being Offered | Proceeds to Issuer Before Expenses, Discounts and Commission* | |
| Series B Preferred Stock | $[ ] | [ ] | [ ] |
+To be designated by amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
* Does not include expenses of the offering. We intend to sell our Series B Preferred Stock through our officers, who will not receive any additional compensation for their selling efforts. We may engage a placement agent, who would be a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and registered with the U.S Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker or dealer. See “Plan of Distribution.” We expect that the amount of expenses, other than commissions, of the offering that it will pay will be approximately $[ ], not including state filing fees.
The offering will terminate at the earlier of: (1) the date at which the maximum offering amount has been sold, (2) the date which is one year from this offering being qualified by the Commission, or (3) the date at which the offering is earlier terminated by us in our sole discretion. We are conducting this offering on a best-efforts basis without any minimum target. We may undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis. After each closing, funds tendered by investors will be available to the company.
GENERALLY NO SALE MAY BE MADE TO YOU IN THIS OFFERING IF THE AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE YOU PAY IS MORE THAN 10% OF THE GREATER OF YOUR ANNUAL INCOME OR NET WORTH. DIFFERENT RULES APPLY TO ACCREDITED INVESTORS AND NON-NATURAL PERSONS. BEFORE MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION THAT YOUR INVESTMENT DOES NOT EXCEED APPLICABLE THRESHOLDS, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REVIEW RULE 251(d)(2)(i)(C) OF REGULATION A. FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ON INVESTING, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REFER TO www.investor.gov.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock or preferred stock. We do not currently have plans to list our common stock or preferred stock on any securities market.
Investing in our Series B Preferred Stock involves risk. See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page [ ] to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Series B Preferred Stock.
THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL OF ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
We are following the “Offering Circular” format of disclosure under Regulation A.
SocialBluebook® is a registered trademark of New Media Trader, Inc.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This offering statement contains forward-looking statements, which include information concerning our liquidity and our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business strategies. These statements often include words such as “believe,” “expect,” “project,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “target,” “seek,” “will,” “may,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “forecasts,” “more,” “goal,” or similar expressions. The statements are based on assumptions that we have made, based on our experience in the industry as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments, and other factors we think are appropriate. We believe these judgments are reasonable. However, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. Our actual results could differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements.
There are a number of risks, uncertainties, and other important factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this offering statement. Such risks, uncertainties, and other important factors include, among others, the risks, uncertainties, and factors set forth below under “Risk Factors,” “Use of Intended Proceeds” and “Financial Condition.”
We urge you to read this offering statement, including the uncertainties and factors discussed under “Risk Factors,” completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from expectations. All forward-looking statements made in this offering statement are qualified by these cautionary statements. The forward looking statements contained in this offering statement speak only as of the date of this offering statement. We undertake no obligation, other than as may be required by law, to update or revise any forward-looking or cautionary statements to reflect changes in assumptions, the occurrence of events, unanticipated or otherwise, or changes in future operating results over time or otherwise.
This summary highlights information contained in this Offering Circular and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our Series B Preferred Stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the information in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
The Company
Social Bluebook® provides social media content creators with online tools they can use to calculate their worth to advertisers. Marketing professionals are just now realizing there is value to teaming up with online video personalities who are drawing viewers with the content they post on platforms like YouTube and Instagram. This is especially true now that so many Web surfers are using ad-blocking software, making the traditional pop-up and banner ads ineffective.
But both the advertisers and the content creators don’t always know how to express that value in dollars and cents. Just how much should a popular content creator charge for discussing a product or service? How does a brand select the right social-media star to talk about its product and how much should it pay this new kind of market influencer?
This is where our flagship product Social Bluebook® comes in. It simplifies and streamlines the process of executing influencer marketing for both advertisers and online content creators. Content creators connect their social media platforms to our assessment tools, and the application uses a proprietary algorithm that produces a money amount that both advertisers and creators can use as a starting point for negotiating a price. The app uses data including audience demographics, level of reach and engagement and digital reach to calculate a creator’s worth. This provides the two parties (content creators and advertisers) to a promotion transaction with a documented basis for advertising rate negotiations.
Content creators don’t pay a thing to use Social Bluebook’s® tools. Advertisers pay Social Bluebook® a set percentage of the fee they negotiate with content creators.
Social Bluebook® was started by creators for creators to bring transparency to the online marketplace. It was designed to simplify and streamline the process of executing influencer marketing for both advertisers and online content creators. Social Bluebook’s® goal is to help social media influencers make the money they deserve so they can do what they love.
| 1 |
Growth Opportunity
Influencer marketing is taking a leading role in how marketers create public awareness of their companies’ products and services and convert prospects into customers. The timing of our entry into the online marketplace is opportune as marketing firms are just discovering that the traditional “ad-buy” media placement of their advertising is being superseded by product placement and endorsements. This transition has been forecast for at least several decades, but the combination of technologies, mobile applications, and consumer preferences have converged to drive the promotion of products and services to social media platforms.
This shift is due to two factors:
| ● | The increasing volume of consumers who consume their entertainment and information content through Internet links (social media, Netflix, etc.); and, |
| ● | The fact that the Internet is digital content dominated by software, including products that block ads. |
Traditional advertising attempted to migrate to the Internet through pop-up ads and click revenue models, but by 2015 many traditional ads on the Internet were blocked by anti-advertising software. According to an industry report by Page Fair, the estimated loss of global ad revenue in 2015 due to ad-blocking software was $21.8 billion. This has advanced the opportunity for “product placement” with social media influencers to become the preferred mode of 21st Century marketing.
Social media influencers are people who create and/or distribute content via social media and the Internet and who have attracted a loyal and sizable following. Their content affects how their “followers” and “connections” perceive the world, and it influences them to take action, such as purchasing a product or service.
Social media influencer marketing is unique in that not only does the content creator develop content that allows for easy and seamless integration of the product placement/advertisement, but oftentimes consumers tune in specifically to hear/see what the influencer has to say about a particular product. This marketing technique is non-intrusive and results in a quasi-endorsement of the product or service. Influencer marketing is not about the message from the brand; it's about the passion the influencers feel for the brands they use that they convey to their followers.
In 2015, the influencer marketing agency Mediakix estimated the advertising spend in influencer marketing at $500 million. Furthermore it projects the influencer marketing space to increase to $5 billion to $10 billion by 2020. Advertisers are recognizing the power and the cost-effectiveness of using social media influencer marketing over other marketing techniques. Social Bluebook Marketplace™ is the conduit through which advertisers and influencers meet, communicate and collaborate on product placement opportunities. We are harnessing the power of this new paradigm, wherein the creators’ content, demographic reach, and passion is married to the advertisers’ products or services to create a more personal, directed, and relatable marketing message for the consumer.
For advertisers, influencer marketing can be key to boosting sales and overall marketing results. Whether they are trying to build brand awareness or promote a product, utilizing creators helps to engage a specific target audience drawn in by unique, customized and engaging content.
| 2 |
The Offering
Securities offered: Maximum of [ ] shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Offering price: $[ ] per share of Series B Preferred Stock
Minimum investment amount: $[ ]
Terms of the securities:
The Series B Preferred Stock has the rights and privileges set forth in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time. These rights include preference over the Company’s Common Stock with respect to distribution of dividends and distribution of proceeds in the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our business, as further described below. Holders of the Series B Preferred stock will have the right to convert their shares to common stock at any time, and will be automatically converted to common stock upon the closing of a firm-commitment underwritten registered public offering of our common stock as described in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The conversion rate may change from time to time if we complete a stock split, reorganization, recapitalization, or the like, but the initial conversion rate will be one-to-one. The conversion rate of the Series B Preferred Stock will not be adjusted as a result of future issuances of our capital stock below the offering price of the Series B Preferred Stock.
The Series B Preferred Stock are non-voting except as required by law. Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock will be bound by the Subscription Agreement, which includes certain representations and warranties to be made by the Investor, indemnification obligations in the event the Investor makes any false representation or warranty or fails to comply with any covenant in the Subscription Agreement or related documents, a drag-along obligation in the event of a sale of the Company, pursuant to which the Investor agrees to support a sale of the Company, a market stand-off agreement, pursuant to which the Investor may not transfer shares for a 180-day period following an initial public offering, and certain conditions to transfer of the shares, including agreement of the transferee to be bound by the terms of the Subscription Agreement.
In addition, the shares are subject to certain restrictions on transferability pursuant to the securities laws. The Company may require an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such offer, sale or transfer complies with the Securities Act of 1933 and any applicable state securities laws.
In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of our Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of the common stock, an amount per share equal to the price per share in this offering (subject to adjustment for stock splits, reorganizations, and the like). If the assets of the Company are insufficient to pay all holders of Series B Preferred Stock, amounts distributed will be reduced pro rata in proportion to the amounts each holder of Series B Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled.
Holders of our Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. Series B Preferred Stock will receive dividends, if any, in preference to the holders of common stock. We have never declared or paid cash dividends on any of our capital stock and currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after this offering or in the foreseeable future. Holders of Series B Preferred Stock do not, by virtue thereof, have any rights of first offer with respect to future issuances of Company capital stock, rights to require the Company to redeem the Series B Preferred Stock, rights to demand registration of the Series B Preferred Stock, or rights to receive certain information described in the Company’s Investors’ Rights Agreement. Certain, but not all, of the foregoing rights are provided to certain holders of Series A Preferred Stock.
See “Securities being Offered – Series B Preferred Stock.”
| 3 |
Investing in our Series B Preferred Stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information contained in this offering statement, including “Financial Condition,” and our financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this offering statement, before you decide whether to purchase our Series B Preferred Stock. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. The occurrence of any of the following risks or future or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Risks Relating to Our Business
We are a development-stage Company with limited operating history, minimal operating capital, no significant assets and without significant revenue from operations. Our auditor has issued a going concern opinion; our growth plans depend on our ability to raise investment capital in the future.
We have a history of accumulated deficits from operating losses that may continue into the foreseeable future. Our auditor has issued a “going concern” opinion on the Company’s financial statements. The Company lacks liquidity to satisfy obligations as they come due. Startups often depend on raising several rounds of additional capital until they’re profitable. We have minimal operating capital and for the foreseeable future we will be dependent upon our ability to finance our operations from the sale of additional equity or other financing alternatives. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully raise operating capital. The failure to successfully raise operating capital could result in our bankruptcy or other event which would have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders. We have no significant assets or financial resources, so the failure to raise sufficient operating capital could put your investment dollars at significant risk.
We have not yet developed any significant revenues from our business model, and they may not successfully materialize.
We have not yet developed any significant revenue streams. To date, our revenue in 2015 of $40,000 was derived from a one-time project to locate influencers to promote our customer’s application.
We may not be able to commercialize our advertising business model and scale it effectively. In addition, prevailing rates for advertising may fluctuate in ways that are unfavorable to us. Moreover, we may not be successful in acquiring new advertisers. The other revenue streams we anticipate developing, including subscription services, are yet to be developed and are uncertain in their timing and size.
| 4 |
We have incurred significant losses since our inception, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses in the future.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, we reported a net loss of $(844,479). We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase as we continue to seek to grow our audience and operations. The size and duration of our future losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and revenues. In addition, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect the timing of our financial and operating expectations. Even if we are able to grow our revenues, this may not occur quickly enough to sustain our operations.
A large portion of our projected revenue would be generated from fees we generate on advertising. We may be unable to attract or retain advertisers, which could adversely affect our future revenue. Additionally, even if we are successful in retaining advertisers, our future advertising revenue is likely to be affected by numerous factors, including economic conditions, audience fragmentation and evolving digital advertising market dynamics.
Our success depends on our ability to develop, maintain and expand our relationships with advertisers, advertising exchanges and advertising agencies. The relationship building process can take many months and we may be unsuccessful at winning business with any given advertiser or agency. We may invest significant resources in developing relationships with advertisers and still be unsuccessful at obtaining their business or only succeed in obtaining short-term commitments from them. Our business model is relatively new and we are often required to spend substantial time and effort educating potential advertisers, publishers and content providers about our solutions, including providing demonstrations. If we are not successful in attracting and maintaining relationships with advertisers and increasing the efficiency and rates of return from our sales processes, our business may be adversely affected.
We currently serve an already crowded influencer marketplace industry with new entrants joining regularly, and challenges are created by the need to identify new entrants continuously, while also managing a rapidly growing client-base.
The influencer marketplace industry is highly competitive. Our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do. Heightened competition, significant pricing initiatives or discount programs established by competitors or new entrants could create additional competitive pressures that reduce margins and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. See, Risks related to the influencer marketplace industry.
We are dependent on creators’ ability to attract and influence audiences through social media platforms, and any material disruptions or impairments in their ability to use social media platforms would adversely affect our business.
Our creators use a number of social media platforms. We are dependent on our creators access to all of these social media platforms to develop audiences, and we control none of these platforms. If there are any material disruptions in creators’ ability to promote on such platforms, or if we are materially impaired in our ability to use data from any such platforms or to measure the effectiveness of the creators, then our business could be materially adversely affected.
| 5 |
We must continue to attract and retain both creators and advertisers in order for our business to be successful.
Our business is equally dependent upon two groups of people: those who create content and want to make it available to advertisers and advertisers who desire to use creators’ social platforms to promote products and services. Our business cannot be successful – cannot operate – if we have one group but not the other. In addition, the numbers of creators and users each must continue to grow or our business could suffer. If the number of creators does not grow, we may not be able to attract large numbers of advertisers and encourage them to use and continue to use our analytic tools to find suitable creators. If the number of advertisers does not grow, we may not be able to attract and retain large numbers of creators.
No major barriers, other than our proprietary technology, exist for potential competitors to enter this marketplace, and if we fail to protect our intellectual property, our business could be harmed. There may be other algorithms in the future that can service the market as well or better than ours.
The barriers are relatively low for creating a platform such as ours that matches influencers with advertisers and that, along with the potentially huge market for advertising, could add to the competition we face. New competitors could have the ability to raise large amounts of money, and through ambitious marketing could surpass our brand awareness. Our competitive edge could be affected by the competition’s pricing strategies, the amount of resources they devote to marketing efforts, the public’s awareness of their brands and their quicker response to advances in technology.
We make a significant effort to protect our intellectual property rights including our trade secrets, trademarks, copyright and those rights pertaining to our search algorithms. Even with our efforts to protect our rights, there is a possibility that parties lacking authorization will attempt to copy our intellectual property and use our trade secrets. If that should happen, our business could be harmed. In addition, we may be forced into litigation, which often is expensive and time-consuming, to protect our trade-secret rights. The outcome of such litigation could have a negative impact on our competitive position.
We hold trademarks for our brand names and own our Internet domain name. Any unauthorized use of those names or challenges to our rights to them could affect our business.
We have registered the name “Social Bluebook” as a trademark in the United States. Even so, our competitors could choose to use our names or purchase rights to names similar to ours as Internet search terms, which could cause confusion for the public and interfere with our efforts to build our brand. There also is the possibility that owners of other trademarks with elements similar to our name could make infringement claims against us, which could harm our reputation and affect our business.
| 6 |
Our goal of generating a greater percentage of our revenue from large advertisers could require more resources to provide the services required, which could increase our operating costs and hurt our business.
Part of our growth strategy is to focus on attracting larger companies that have advertising needs. Historically most of our revenue has come from medium- and small-sized companies. By working with larger companies, we may face increased service requirements, greater indemnification requirements, more intense pricing pressure, and the need for additional working capital to accommodate the larger receivables and collections issues that are likely to occur as a result of being paid on credit terms. If we are unable to adequately address those demands, it may affect our ability to work with greater numbers of large companies, which may adversely affect our results of operations and future growth.
We may not be able to increase the awareness of our brand in the marketplace as quickly or as effectively as is necessary to insure revenue growth.
To increase revenues we must attract creators who have large social platforms. To accomplish this, we must increase our visibility in the marketplace. Potential creators and advertisers must be aware we exist and be able to find us. We need to demonstrate how our website can be useful to them. That could require us to devote more resources to marketing efforts, including advertising and other expenses, to build public awareness of our brand.
Even with an enhanced marketing effort, there is no guarantee that we will be able to increase the number of new visitors to our website and in turn, convert them into registered users or paying customers. Any number of conditions could affect the success of our marketing efforts, including a poorly executed campaign, the failure to expand our creator base to keep advertisers coming back for more, or an inability to keep up with new technologies, which could have a negative impact on user experience with our website and adversely affect our results of operations and future growth.
If we do not successfully integrate past or potential future acquisitions, our business could be adversely affected.
We may pursue acquisitions in the future to enhance our business offerings. The benefits resulting from an acquisition could take a significant amount of time to – or may never – emerge. Future acquisitions or investments could result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, use of large amounts of cash or incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses. Any of these could adversely affect our financial condition.
In addition, integration of a new company's operations, assets and personnel with ours could consume a considerable amount of management’s time. There are other potential risks associated with acquisitions, including outstanding, unforeseen or hidden liabilities, information security weaknesses, inability to generate revenue to offset the cost of acquiring a company, and the potential for losing or harming relationships with our customers, suppliers and employees.
The threat of unauthorized use of our platform is a source of lost revenue.
Although we seek to limit by contract an advertiser’s ability to circumvent us in transacting with creators who we introduce, such conduct can’t always be effectively enforced. Therefore there is always the threat of advertisers circumventing us by transacting directly with creators after meeting them through our platform without authorization and without paying our fees. We cannot guarantee this won’t happen and if it does, it equates to money lost.
| 7 |
Any third-party claims of infringement or other intellectual property rights violations could be costly and could substantially hurt our business.
Third parties may in the future assert that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated their intellectual property rights, and as we face increasing competition, the possibility of intellectual property rights claims against us grows. Existing laws and regulations are evolving and subject to different interpretations, and new laws or regulations may be enacted. It is possible that we are or will be infringing on or violating third-party intellectual property rights or rights related to technology use.
It may be necessary to devote significant personnel time and financial resources to defending against infringement or misappropriation claims. If judgment is against us, we may be required to pay damages and attorneys’ fees; we may be ordered to cease making, licensing or using content that we infringed or misappropriated; we may be forced to expend additional development resources to redesign our technology; we may have to enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to use necessary technologies, content, or materials; and we may need to indemnify our partners and other third parties. Royalty or licensing agreements may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or not available at all.
We may need to raise additional capital in the future with no guarantee we will be able to do so on acceptable terms or at all.
We expect to continue to invest in our business to help it grow and we may require additional funds for such things as infrastructure and technology improvements, developing new features, adding to our personnel or acquiring a company. We may need to seek equity or debt financings. If either or both were to happen, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our preferred stock or common stock. Any future debt financing could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters. That could make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our business growth could suffer and our ability to respond to business challenges could be harmed.
If we experience significant growth and we fail to effectively manage it, our business and operating results may suffer.
If we experience significant growth, we will experience demands on our management and our operational and financial infrastructure that will require us to commit substantial financial, operational and technical resources to management. Continued growth could also strain our ability to maintain reliable operation of our online marketplaces for our content creators and advertisers, develop and improve our operational, financial and management controls, enhance our reporting systems and procedures and recruit, train and retain highly skilled personnel. If our operations grow, we will need to improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure, which will require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources. If we fail to allocate limited resources effectively in our organization as it grows, our business, operating results and financial condition will suffer.
| 8 |
Risks Related to the Influencer Marketplace Industry
Because the influencer marketplace industry is relatively new and constantly changing, it is difficult to project our performance and whether we will be successful.
Our operational history is limited and our business plan is based on assumptions about the influencer market that may or may not prove to be accurate. The demand by advertisers for product placement with social influencers may not be as significant as we think and may not have the growth potential we are forecasting. In addition, we may not be able to meet the needs of the evolving marketplace. For example, we may not be able to retain our existing advertiser customers and attract new ones, provide the type of influencer they demand or keep pace with technological advances required to accommodate and satisfy a growing content creator and advertiser base. Because of our relatively brief history, we cannot guarantee we will overcome all hurdles in our path and you should not look at our past growth achievements as indicators of future success.
Risks Related to Technology
We must insure that our website always provides for a positive user experience in order to encourage customer loyalty.
If we are unable to meet both our creators’ and advertisers’ expectations for using our website, our business could suffer. Advertisers must be able to search for and find the creator they are looking for. If we are unable to keep our search algorithms and our technology up-to-date and as effective or better than our competitors’ systems, we may not be able to retain our existing creators and advertisers or attract new ones.
We must routinely upgrade our technology to stay current and competitive in order to continue to grow.
To stay competitive, we must insure our technology infrastructure is up to date so that it functions without disruption and our website continues to have the features the market demands. For financial and other reasons, we may not be able to keep up with the pace of improvement enjoyed by our competitors and as a result, we may lose business. We currently do not have specific plans for any infrastructure upgrades that would require significant capital investment. In the future we will need to improve and upgrade our technology, database systems and network infrastructure in order to allow our business to grow in both size and scope.
| 9 |
We could be subject to hackers and other cyber-criminals despite our security measures, putting our customers’ private information at risk and exposing us to possible litigation and loss of reputation.
Although we do not store confidential payment information from our customers, we may not be able to prevent all cybercrime attacks. If our systems are invaded by hackers, viruses, malware or other attackers, confidential information could be misappropriated and our operations could be interrupted and violated. Our computer systems and data could be compromised without our being aware of it. The result could be expenditure of significant amounts of money to add protection against security breaches or to repair the damage done. In addition, if third-party services we use to conduct our business, like email, were interrupted or if they threatened confidential data, we could face expensive litigation. The result of serious security breaches could be the loss of business and loss of our reputation, which could affect our financial condition. We also could be found in violation of state, federal and international law, exposing us to fines, lawsuits, criminal penalties and other costs.
The technologies we depend on to secure the transmission of confidential information are licensed from third parties and could malfunction or could be breached. In addition, the vendors providing our co-location and cloud services may not have the capability to sufficiently prevent security breaches and other issues that could affect the integrity of information that is stored in and passed through their systems.
Risks Related to Our Employees
Our future success depends on our management team and our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel
Our future success largely depends on our founder and chief executive officer, Chad Sahley, who has extensive experience in leading the branding and production teams at Maker Studios, the world’s largest YouTube Multi-Channel Network (MCN) during the time he worked there. If he or other members of our management team, including technical and marketing personnel, were to leave Social BlueBook, we might not be able to find replacements who could implement our business strategy. This could have a material adverse impact on our business, our financial condition and results of operations. If any of our managers were to join or start a new, competing business, we could lose creators and advertisers. There could be costs involved in recruiting and retaining replacement personnel. We do not hold “key person” life insurance. We may not be able to attract additional employees we might need in the future in order to effectively manage and grow our Company, which would affect our success.
Failure to preserve our corporate culture as our Company grows could have an impact on our staff’s ability to remain innovative and work effectively as a team.
We have invested time and energy in developing a team of employees that values and encourages innovation and creativity. If we were to lose our Company culture as we are transformed into a public and growing Company, pursuit of our corporate objectives could be compromised and our business could suffer.
| 10 |
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock
No public trading market for our shares exists, and we do not have plans to apply for listing of our shares on any securities exchanges or online securities marketplaces. Consequently, it will be difficult for you to sell your shares and, if you are able to sell your shares, you will likely sell them at a substantial discount to the public offering price.
The shares offered hereby do not have any transfer restrictions. However, there is no public market for our Series B Preferred Stock or for our Common Stock, and we currently have no plans to list our shares on a stock exchange or other trading market. Until our shares are listed, if ever, you may not be able to sell your shares. If you are able to sell your shares, you would likely have to sell them in an illiquid market at a substantial discount to the price you paid for the shares in this offering. It is also likely that your shares would not be accepted as the primary collateral for a loan. Because of the illiquid nature of our shares, you should purchase our shares only as a long-term investment and be prepared to hold them for an indefinite period of time.
If we do not successfully implement a liquidity transaction, you may have to hold your investment for an indefinite period, and we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.
Our charter does not require our board of directors to pursue a liquidity transaction. Market conditions and other factors could cause us to avoid a liquidation or other type of liquidity transaction, such as a merger or sale of assets. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to liquidate all assets. If we do not pursue a liquidity transaction, or delay such a transaction due to market conditions, your shares may continue to be illiquid and you may, for an indefinite period of time, be unable to convert your investment to cash easily and you could suffer losses on your investment. In addition, we intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion, and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
Chad Sahley, our founder, and other significant investors controls approximately 57% of our outstanding shares of common stock, and this concentration of ownership may have an effect on transactions that are otherwise favorable to our stockholders.
When this offering is completed, our founder, Chad Sahley, will beneficially own approximately a significant percentage of our outstanding shares of common stock, making him our largest stockholder. As a result, Mr. Sahley will have the ability to influence control of the outcome of matters submitted for stockholder approval, including the election of directors. This concentration of ownership may impede a change in control, and could hold up decisions on some transactions when Mr. Sahley’s support is necessary, no matter the effect of the transactions on other stockholders.
| 11 |
After this offering is completed, we intend to raise additional capital by offering our common shares pursuant to recent amendments to the Securities Act of 1933 and new rules under Regulation A (“Regulation A+”) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to us will make our common shares less attractive to investors as compared to a traditional initial public offering.
If we are successful in raising additional capital under Regulation A+, we will be subject to scaled disclosure and reporting requirements, which may make an investment in our common shares less attractive to investors who are accustomed to enhanced disclosure and more frequent financial reporting. In addition, given the relative lack of regulatory precedence regarding the recent amendments to Regulation A, there is a significant amount of regulatory uncertainty in regards to how the SEC or the individual state securities agencies will regulate both the offer and sale of our securities, as well as any ongoing compliance that we may be subject to. If our scaled disclosure and reporting requirements, or regulatory uncertainty regarding Regulation A, reduces the attractiveness of our common shares, we may be unable to raise the funds necessary to grow our business, which could severely affect the value of our common shares.
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.
We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.
| 12 |
If you invest in shares of our Series B Preferred Stock in this offering, your investment will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the offering price per share of common stock and the net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of common stock is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per share attributable to the shares of common stock held by existing owners.
Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2015 was approximately $(335,348), or $(0.06) per share of common stock. We calculate net tangible book value per share by taking the amount of our total tangible assets, reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, and then dividing that amount by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding.
We calculate pro forma net tangible book value per share by taking the amount of our total tangible assets and then dividing that amount by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to (a) the conversion of 2,138,078 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 2,138,078 shares of common stock, (b) the conversion of $[ ] of principal and interest of our convertible promissory notes into [ ] shares of our common stock, and (c) the exercise of options excisable into [ ] shares of common stock.
The following table compares the price that new investors are paying for their shares with the effective cash price paid by existing shareholders, giving effect to our sale of the shares in this offering at an offering price of $[ ] per share, the full conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock, convertible notes, stock options, assuming the we sell in this offering 100%, 60%, and 15%, respectively, of the this offering, after deducting our estimated offering expenses of $[ ].
| 100% | 60% | 15% | ||||||||||
| Price per share to investors in this offering | ||||||||||||
| Net tangible book value per common share as of December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||
| Increase to net tangible book value after giving effect to the net proceeds in this offering | ||||||||||||
| Decrease to net tangible book value as of December 31, 2015 after giving effect to the pro forma adjustment discussed above | ||||||||||||
| Pro forma net tangible book value | ||||||||||||
| Increase in net tangible book value to existing investors | ||||||||||||
| Dilution per common share to new investors in this offering |
| 13 |
The following table summarizes, as of [ ], for each of the assumed subscription levels of approximately 100%, 60%, and 15% of this offering, the total number of shares of common stock that would be purchased in the offering, the total cash consideration that will be paid to us at those various subscription levels, and the average price per share that existing owners paid and the new investors will pay in this offering. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing owners paid.
| Shares Purchased | Total Consideration | Average Price Per Share | ||||||||||||||||||
| Assuming 100% of Shares Sold: | Number | Percentage | Amount | Percentage | ||||||||||||||||
| Existing Investors | ||||||||||||||||||||
| New Investors | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares Purchased | Total Consideration | Average Price Per Share | ||||||||||||||||||
| Assuming 60% of Shares Sold: | Number | Percentage | Amount | Percentage | ||||||||||||||||
| Existing Investors | ||||||||||||||||||||
| New Investors | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares Purchased | Total Consideration | Average Price Per Share | ||||||||||||||||||
| Assuming 15% of Shares Sold: | Number | Percentage | Amount | Percentage | ||||||||||||||||
| Existing Investors | ||||||||||||||||||||
| New Investors | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
The preceding dilution information is for illustration purposes only. If we grant options to our employees in the future and those options are exercised, there can be further dilution to the new investors in this offering.
| 14 |
We plan to use the proceeds of this offering for the following purposes:
| Strategic Acquisitions | 44 | % | ||
| Payroll Expenses | 31 | % | ||
| Marketing/Sales Expenses | 18 | % | ||
| Professional Service Fees | 5 | % | ||
| Working Capital | less than 3 | % |
Because the offering is a “best efforts” offering without a minimum offering amount, we may close the offering without sufficient funds for all the intended purposes set out in the preceding table. As a result, we have developed contingency plans to address varying amounts of net cash proceeds we receive from this offering. We have developed alternate plans for scenarios of raising less than the full $12,000,000 offered,, specifically, approximately 15% subscription and 60% subscription cases.
We intend to use the first $1,500,000 in net offering proceeds for the following prioritized purposes:
| ● | Professional Service Fees: We will incur professional fees including legal, accounting, and other consulting. | |
| ● | Marketing/Sales Expenses: We will incur monthly advertising expenses, which includes marketing and promotion for on-boarding our two types of users, creators and advertisers. Funds will be budgeted for the executive team and select employees to attend and sponsor strategic social media conferences like Playlist Live, Vidcon, and Buffer festival. We intend to launch targeted influencer marketing campaigns brokered and managed through Social Bluebook to raise product awareness. Marketing budget will be allocated for general press outreach and major public announcements. |
| ● | Payroll Expenses: We will hire more programmers, graphic designers, QA, customer support, office space, sales team, and marketing. |
| ● | Strategic Acquisitions: We will pursue select acquisitions on a delayed timeline and with terms biased to earn-out provisions and stock for the acquisitions. |
Mid-Level Subscription Scenario: If we are successful in receiving a mid-level subscription to the offering,, we will seek as potential acquisition candidates companies that are focused on data aggregation and performance analytics, as we believe these companies will seek to avail themselves of both our user-base and our proprietary platform. Any acquisitions we pursue under this scenario will be targeted for their ability to expand the Social Bluebook® user-base, as well as enhance our product offering. Consequently, if we raise approximately $6,500,000 net proceeds, we intend to use these capital proceeds of the offering for the following additional purposes:
| ● | Strategic Acquisitions: We will use a greater proportion of cash resources to negotiate the acquisition(s) in order to obtain a better price point. Moreover, we will accelerate progress toward a second and perhaps third acquisition sooner than we would have under the minimum scenario. |
| ● | Property and Equipment Expenses: We will incur an increase in such expenses, as we have minimum expenses related to office leasing improvements, office furniture, employee computers and equipment, utilities, etc. The Company will incur rent expense in its current space, as well as additional expense as it expands to new office space. |
We may change the amount and the intended uses of proceeds based on the net amount of new capital raised in this offering and based on unforeseen circumstances following the closing of this offering.
| 15 |
New Media Trader, Inc., is a Delaware corporation founded in 2014 to provide robust online software tools that help answer the very pertinent Internet marketing question, “What is a social media influencer’s value to advertisers and how do you express that in dollars and cents?” In other words, what is access to that influencer’s audience worth to a brand and what should a creator of social-media content on platforms like YouTube charge to promote a product to his/her followers?
Unlike with old-school media like television and newspapers, there is no known standard advertising-rate formula in use in the wild west of Internet content. Our Social Bluebook® web application, launched in May 2015, was designed to provide a negotiation starting point for both the online influencer and the brand that covets the influencer’s following. It allows content creators and brands to broker deals directly without intermediation of expensive third parties, like talent networks or agencies. Our management believes that the proprietary Social Bluebook® valuation tools are on their way to becoming a standard for valuing and accelerating transactions between creative content owners and advertisers.
Social Bluebook® simplifies and streamlines the process of executing influencer marketing for both advertisers and online content creators.
Content creators connect their social media platforms to our assessment tools, and Social Bluebook’s® proprietary algorithms calculate a dollar value for each platform based on audience reach and engagement. This provides the two parties to a promotion transaction with a documented basis for advertising rate negotiations.
Soon, advertisers will have their own tool, called Social Bluebook Marketplace™. We released the “beta” version of the Marketplace application in May 2016. Free to sign up, advertisers can search through the Social Bluebook® database of creators and learn what each charges (based on Social Bluebook® algorithms) for promoting products on social media. When brands and advertising agencies locate content creators on the Social Bluebook® site that are of interest to them, they then can use our portal to invite the creator to participate in their marketing campaigns.
Social Bluebook® currently is the fastest growing influencer marketplace in our business sector. According to our internal reporting, we have attained more than 50,000 creator platforms with a reach of more than 3.4 billion followers within 18 months of the app’s launch.
The advertisers involved in the Social Bluebook Marketplace™ have estimated that by using the system to value and negotiate product placements, they have saved many thousands of dollars monthly per transaction in labor and other costs with an overall improved result. For example, in a Yahoo Finance article, Travis Chambers of Chamber Media stated, “Social Bluebook® Search has literally cut our labor costs by 80 percent and dramatically improved our selection process of influencers.”
| 16 |
Product Description, Features and Functions
Social Bluebook® is a web-based application with responsive design for mobile devices. Creators and advertisers each have their own interface with features and functions that are exclusive to their respective user experience. Social Bluebook® currently supports social media platforms YouTube, Instagram, Facebook, Vine, Twitter, and blogs.
For Content Creators
Social Bluebook’s® platform has been designed primarily from the perspective of content creators and their needs. We know that many (perhaps most) creators currently are hesitant to transform their social media content into a business. Many who make that leap discover quickly that their content and access to their online influence are highly desired by advertisers. However, most creators don’t understand their value and are intimidated by negotiations and contracts. Creators often ask, “What is the value of my content to an advertiser?” or, “What do I need to know to negotiate a brand sponsorship?”
The tools and products that Social Bluebook® is developing are designed to answer these and similar questions as well as simplify and streamline the ad placement process as much as possible to show creators that they really can do it themselves. Social Bluebook’s® software educates and empowers creators so that they can make creating content on social media their full-time job.
There is no charge for creators to use Social Bluebook® for the following purposes:
| ● | Calculate monetary value: Upon registration on the Social Bluebook® website, content creators are prompted to connect each of their social media platforms to the Social Bluebook® application and Social Bluebook® will calculate a suggested ad rate for each platform that can be used as a starting point in negotiations with an advertiser. In addition to a suggested ad rate, creators also will see displays of important statistics that are taken into account when their value is calculated. For instance, the app displays total followers, average viewership per upload, and comments and likes per upload. The app even displays audience demographics if supported by the social platform’s application program interface, or API. |
| ● | Send quotes: If an advertiser approaches a content creator outside of Social Bluebook®, the creator can respond by directing the app to forward a verified ad-rate quote to the advertiser for product placement on one or more social media platforms hosting the creator’s work. The app then will email a link to the advertiser. Upon selecting the link, the advertiser will be able to see that content creator’s Social Bluebook®-suggested ad rates, statistical data, and audience demographics. |
| 17 |
| ● | Receive offers and negotiate terms: Creators can receive sponsorship opportunities via the Social Bluebook® platform from verified advertisers. Each offer specifies the name of the advertiser, the campaign name and concept, the compensation amount, required deliverables (what the creator is expected to do) and so forth. Terms such as budget, upload dates and other details can be negotiated back and forth via counter offers until the creator and advertiser come to an agreement. Each time an offer or counter offer is made the recipient receives an email or text notification. Both users also are alerted within their respective campaign management dashboards and to-do lists on the Social Bluebook® website. |
| ● | Manage deliverables: Once a creator and advertiser have come to terms on a deal, the creator is notified that he/she has deliverables to complete. Within the deliverables menu on the Social Bluebook® website, creators can keep track of all their campaigns and respective deliverables as well as receive email alerts when deadlines are approaching. When a deliverable is due, a creator can upload a URL link to the social media post allowing the advertiser to verify that the deliverable is indeed complete. |
| ● | Receive payment: Upon completion of deliverables, creators receive an auto-populated invoice (generated by Social Bluebook®) to send to the advertiser. Creators can track the status of receiving their payment. They can opt to be paid through direct deposit, check, or PayPal. |
For Advertisers
Online influencer marketing campaigns can be extremely difficult to manage and execute. These campaigns involve entering into a service contract with one or more individuals. That is not quite as simple as going to Google Adwords and dumping an entire campaign budget there.
One of the biggest challenges facing brands and ad agencies is connecting with the right creators for their influencer marketing campaigns. And assuming they are able to find the right vehicle for their ads, the campaigns often get very complex very quickly. Some influencer campaigns may involve multiple creators, each of whom must be contacted on a regular basis (likely via email) in order to negotiate terms of an agreement, ink contracts, verify that the creator did in fact execute on the agreed terms, collect W-9 forms and invoices, and finally make payment to each creator individually. Hours upon hours of an advertiser’s time is sucked up every month managing each of these essential but burdensome tasks.
Once it is finalized, Social Bluebook’s® new advertiser interface, called Marketplace, will simplify and streamline the process of executing an influencer marketing campaign. It allows small agencies and brands to execute the type of campaigns that historically only the “big boys” with a considerable amount of manpower could manage. Advertisers can use Social Bluebook Marketplace™ to search for creators of interest, make them offers, negotiate terms, manage deliverables, receive invoices, and with a single click, make payment to each participating creator. Social Bluebook Marketplace’s™ features have the potential for saving advertisers significant money that would have been spent on staffing resources.
| 18 |
Currently there is no charge for advertisers to use Social Bluebook Marketplace™ for the following purposes:
| ● | Creator search: When a creator registers and connects a social media platform to Social Bluebook®, we capture and store the data being pulled from the platform’s API. This allows us to offer advertisers a powerful tool for finding the right creator for their marketing campaign. Social Bluebook® collects data from each of its registered creators, such as subscribership, average viewership, watch time, number of likes and comments, and gender and age audience demographics. We take this information and display it to advertisers in a searchable database. What makes our search feature exceptionally powerful is its ability to apply many filters at once. As a result, an advertiser, for example, could look for a content creator on YouTube who has a dog and reaches a highly engaged female audience ages 21 to 32. |
| ● | Make offers and negotiate: An advertiser using Social Bluebook Marketplace™ to add a social media component to a marketing campaign can begin the negotiation process in one of two ways. If an advertiser simply wants to assess a particular creator’s interest and availability, he/she can use our time-saving “gauge interest” feature. If an advertiser already knows the creator he/she wishes to work with is interested and available, then he/she can advance directly to the formal offer stage. Terms such as budget, upload dates, payment terms, and other details can be negotiated within the Social Bluebook® interface until the advertiser and creator come to an agreement. Each time an offer or counter offer is made, the recipient is notified via an email or text message. Both users also are alerted within their respective campaign management dashboards and to-do lists on the Social Bluebook® website. |
| ● | Managing campaign deliverables: Advertisers can manage all of their campaigns and all of the creators within each of those campaigns from the campaign management dashboard assigned to them on the Social Bluebook® website. The dashboard offers a “control tower” view into each campaign, including details such as a list of all the participating creators and at what stage each has reached in the process -- still in negotiations, submitting deliverables, ready for payment. The dashboard is updated in real time to indicate the latest action items to be completed. When a deliverable is due, creators will send the advertiser a URL link to the live social-media post, allowing the advertiser to verify that the deliverable indeed has been executed. If acceptable, the advertiser can approve the deliverable, which notifies the creator to send an invoice for payment. |
Upon completion of deliverables, creators will submit a pre-populated invoice to the advertiser via Social Bluebook® for the services rendered. An advertiser can track the status of which creators have been paid and the amounts still outstanding. Social Bluebook Marketplace™ provides an automated credit-card-based payment system through third-party vendors. Social Bluebook® is only a facilitator to this transaction and doesn't touch the money that is sent by the advertiser to the creator.
| 19 |
Pricing
We have built Social Bluebook’s® revenue model around an assessed 12.5 percent transaction fee only for successful campaigns executed through the system. The fee is an add-on to what an advertiser pays a content creator. Creators pay nothing for using our services.
We do plan to offer a prepaid annual subscription option for those high-volume advertisers interested in paying a lower transaction fee.
We also offer a white label service for advertisers requiring hands-on assistance with executing an influencer marketing campaign. The service is offered by a team of Social Bluebook® account managers that works with both the advertisers and creators to insure a successful campaign. A member of our account management team will engage with the advertiser to help define campaign goals, requirements, and budget. With a contract in place, the account manager will contact and negotiate with the creators approved by the advertiser. We will sign contracts with each of the interested creators to render services for the campaign promotion (i.e. upload YouTube video, Instagram photo, etc.). Upon delivery of services from the contracted creators, the advertiser will issue payment to us. We take a 25 percent commission fee from the overall campaign budget and the remaining amount is paid out to the creators based upon the amounts negotiated in their individual contracts.
Social Media Influencer Marketing Industry
Influencer marketing is taking a leading role in how marketers create public awareness of their companies’ products and services and convert prospects into customers. The timing of our entry into the online marketplace is opportune as marketing firms are just discovering that the traditional “ad-buy” media placement of their advertising is being superseded by product placement and endorsements. This transition has been forecast for at least several decades, but the combination of technologies, mobile applications, and consumer preferences have converged to drive the promotion of products and services to social media platforms.
The shift is due to two factors:
| ● | The increasing volume of consumers who consume their entertainment and information content through Internet links (social media, Netflix, etc.); and, |
| ● | The fact that the Internet is digital content dominated by software, including products that block ads. |
Traditional advertising attempted to migrate to the Internet through pop-up ads and click revenue models, but by 2015 many traditional ads on the Internet were blocked by anti-advertising software. According to an industry report by Page Fair, the estimated loss of global ad revenue in 2015 due to ad-blocking software was $21.8 billion. This has advanced the opportunity for “product placement” with social media influencers to become the preferred mode of 21st Century marketing.
Social media influencers are people who create and/or distribute content via social media and the Internet and who have attracted a loyal and sizable following. Their content affects how their “followers” and “connections” perceive the world, and it influences them to take action, such as purchasing a product or service.
| 20 |
Social media influencer marketing is unique in that not only does the content creator develop content that allows for easy and seamless integration of the product placement/advertisement, but oftentimes consumers tune in specifically to hear/see what the influencer has to say about a particular product. This marketing technique is non-intrusive and results in a quasi-endorsement of the product or service. Influencer marketing is not about the message from the brand; it's about the passion the influencers feel for the brands they use that they convey to their followers.
In 2015, Mediakix estimated the advertising spend in influencer marketing at $500 million. Furthermore it projects the influencer marketing space to increase to $5 billion to $10 billion by 2020. Advertisers are recognizing the power and the cost-effectiveness of using social media influencer marketing over other marketing techniques. Social Bluebook Marketplace™ is the conduit through which advertisers and influencers meet, communicate and collaborate on product placement opportunities. We are harnessing the power of this new paradigm, wherein the creators’ content, demographic reach, and passion is married to the advertisers’ products or services to create a more personal, directed, and relatable marketing message for the consumer.
For advertisers, influencer marketing can be key to boosting sales and overall marketing results. Whether they are trying to build brand awareness or promote a product, utilizing creators helps to engage a specific target audience drawn in by unique, customized and engaging content.
Social Bluebook Marketplace’s™ Targeted Market
The Internet is a giant town square filled with conversations about all manner of products and services. At this point in our development, we have chosen to whittle the digital world down and focus on three key market segments: Gaming, Fashion, and Family Consumer Products. We are pinpointing advertisers that want to reach consumers interested in what these segments have to offer, described here:
| ● | Gaming: This market segment can be defined as the development, marketing, and sales of online video games as well as products and services associated with those games. Many online video games allow consumers an immediate and constant stream of communication via texting, video and/or social applications. Such communication between consumers opens the door for content creators with large audiences to endorse products or services they enjoy. For example, there are many content creators on YouTube who record their gameplay and then upload that gameplay to their YouTube channel for their audience to view. This offers great potential for advertisers to hire a content creator to speak about a relevant product or service while that content creator is playing a video game. | |
| ● | Fashion: This market segment can be defined as the popular styles and practices related to clothing, footwear, accessories, makeup, body, or furniture. The beauty and cosmetics industry in particular lends itself very well to the practice of influencer marketing as many consumers would prefer a recommendation or product review from a peer before purchasing. Additionally content creators in many cases offer low-cost opportunities for creating or continuing fashion trends through their own social media channels. According to a new study published by the Fashion and Beauty Monitor that polled more than 300 marketing professionals in both industries, U.S.- and U.K.-based companies see influencer marketing as such a crucial advertising tool that budgets dedicated to it are projected to increase a whopping 59 percent in 2016. |
| 21 |
| ● | Family consumer products: This market segment can be defined as products or services that enhance one’s day-to-day lifestyle and that are appealing to a family household. Products within this segment typically get used up quickly and replaced frequently. This could include but is not limited to food and beverages, cleaning products, toiletries, etc. Influencer marketing provides tremendous potential here as many products in the space rely upon brand awareness and strong consumer loyalty. An excellent place to start for advertisers is by locating content creators who are already naturally advocating for brands they trust. |
To a degree, the size of the advertiser is less relevant to our business model than the need for advertisers to understand the value proposition that content creators bring to products or services in terms of market growth and/or penetration. We believe advertisers that either have discovered the value of influencer marketing only recently or are frustrated by their current marketing strategies are the best candidates for our product offering. Advertisers that just are realizing the potential value of influence marketing will find the Social Bluebook® platform an easy and affordable entry point into the new-media-dominated world. Conversely, advertisers that either have stale strategies that don’t include social media content creators or that have not achieved their goals with their current campaigns will discover that Social Bluebook’s® platform provides them with an efficient “menu” of options and guidance toward effectively realizing the success they have been seeking.
Growth Strategy
The key to our success is getting agencies and brands accustomed to Social Bluebook® as the de facto go-to standard for gaining access to the social media content creators they need for their online advertising campaigns. One of our strongest competitive advantages is the relationships we have with the creator community and our success in continuing to forge those positive relationships. We’ve built our relationships by offering services that educate the creator community on how to be responsive, respectful, and strategic in working with advertisers.
We require a marketing strategy for attracting both creators and advertisers. Up until now, we have focused our efforts on creators. As a side benefit, that has resulted in substantial awareness of and interest in Social Bluebook® within the advertising community as well. In the near future, we plan to design a marketing plan aimed specifically at advertisers. That may include traditional marketing methods to attract the larger more established brands and agencies. We may employ tactics such as communicating with them through the print and broadcast media, direct mail, and telephone advertising.
| 22 |
Our strategy for attracting creators has been based in part on the marketing success our executives enjoyed with a past endeavor. They were able to attract YouTube creators to join Maker Studios, which at that time was the largest Multi-Channel Network on YouTube, because that was the home of some of the most influential YouTube creators in the world. Creators who were just getting started flocked to Maker Studios to join the network that their favorite YouTube stars helped organize. We have the same overall messaging and marketing strategy for Social Bluebook®. Because we have the backing and trust of the larger more influential creators, the smaller creators now trust our brand and, specifically, our valuation metrics. Key to our explosive growth has been word-of-mouth referrals within the creator community.
We employ a three pillar marketing strategy that includes digital acquisition, public relations, and customer retention.
| ● | Digital acquisition: We utilize our own proprietary Social Bluebook Marketplace™ platform to spread awareness about product offerings and drive customer acquisition of content creator users. |
| ● | Public relations: We will write, edit, and distribute at least one press release on a frequent schedule depending on available news angles to drive customer acquisition of advertiser users. |
| ● | Customer activation and retention: We continue to refine our customer acquisition funnel with rigorous A/B testing of customer emails, landing page layout, and design of various platforms. We also keep our customers active by engaging them through entertaining emails, social media posts, blog posts, customer service, and similar methods of outreach. |
Competition
The social media influencer community is a dynamic and rapidly expanding marketplace with companies in direct and indirect competition with us, such as IZEA. Most of our competitors appear to be focused only on outreach to brands (advertisers), offering services to help them to identify and contact creators of digital content. That contrasts with our core philosophy, “Content Creator First.” Consequently, we have built the Social Bluebook® platform to not only be easy for content creators to use, but also to give them additional information to substantiate their value. We will continue to focus on the content creator community and will provide tools to educate, connect, and encourage collaboration with advertisers and other content creators.
| 23 |
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
Overview
Our flagship product Social Bluebook® simplifies and streamlines the process of executing influencer marketing for both advertisers and online content creators. Content creators connect their social media platforms to our assessment tools, and Social Bluebook®’s proprietary algorithms calculate a suggested dollar value for each platform based upon audience reach and engagement. This provides the two parties (content creators and advertisers) to a promotion transaction with a documented basis for advertising rate negotiations.
Advertisers will have their own tool, called Social Bluebook Marketplace™ (“Marketplace”). Free to sign up, advertisers can search through the Social Bluebook® database of creators and learn what each charge (based on Social Bluebook® algorithms) for promoting products on social media. When brands and advertising agencies locate content creators on the Social Bluebook® site who are of interest to them, they then can use our portal to invite the creator to participate in their marketing campaigns.
Revenue Model
We have built a revenue model around an assessed 12.5 percent transaction fee service only for successful campaigns executed through the Social Bluebook Marketplace™ system. The fee is an add-on to what an advertiser pays a content creator. Content creators pay nothing for using our services.
We plan to offer a prepaid annual subscription option for those advertisers interested in paying a lower transaction fee.
We also offer a white label service team of campaign managers to coordinate campaigns between advertisers and creators. It is essentially a white glove service for advertisers who require assistance and want to engage in influencer marketing. A member of our campaign management team will engage with the advertiser to define campaign goals, requirements, and budget. With a contract in place, the campaign manager will contact and negotiate with the creators approved by the advertiser. We will sign contracts with each of the interested creators to render services for the campaign promotion (i.e. upload YouTube video, Instagram photo, etc.). Upon delivery of services from the contracted creators, the advertiser will issue payment to us. We take a 25 percent commission fee from the overall campaign budget and the remaining amount is paid out to the creators based upon the amounts negotiated in their individual contracts.
Trend Information
We believe that Social Bluebook® currently is among the fastest growing influencer marketplaces in our business sector. With a modest advertising spend the Social Bluebook® platform continues to scale. Since the date of launch, more than half of our creative content users have come back to the site to refresh and review their platform prices and analytics. June 2016 saw a 172.36% increase in user traffic from the previous month. This also equated to a 33.84% increase in the number creator social platforms registered in May 2016 versus June 2016.
| 24 |
More than 400 advertisers have registered for Social Bluebook Marketplace™ and can search through our database of creators and obtain their prices (values based on our algorithms) as well as other essential demographic data. Within 4 weeks of the beta release of Social Bluebook Marketplace™ 26 transactions amounting to nearly $15,000 were run through the platform.
Results of Operations
The following table depicts certain metrics that we consider to be key performance indicators for our business, for the time periods indicated:
| YEARS | ||||||||||
| CRITERION | 2014 | 2015 | 20161 | |||||||
| # of Creator platforms | 0 | 13,550 | TBD | |||||||
| Audience | 0 | 1,082,067,249 | TBD | |||||||
| # of User sessions | 0 | 70,059 | TBD | |||||||
| # Website page-views | 0 | 184,036 | TBD | |||||||
Summary of Results
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the periods 2014 through the first nine months of 2016:
| For the Period January 2, 2014 (Inception) to December 31, 2014 | For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 | For the Period January 1, 2016 to September 30, 2016 | ||||||||||
| Revenues: | $ | 0 | $ | 40,000 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Operating Expenses: | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Cost of Revenues | $ | 0 | $ | 30,000 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Technology and Development: | $ | 103,240 | $ | 200,451 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Depreciation Expense: | $ | 354 | $ | 1,488 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| General and Administrative Costs: | $ | 178,451 | $ | 627,345 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Total Operating Expenses: | $ | 282,045 | $ | 859,284 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Loss from Operations: | $ | (282,045 | ) | $ | (819,284 | ) | ||||||
| Other Expenses | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Interest Expense: | $ | 0 | $ | 25,195 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Net Loss/Gain: | $ | (282,045 | ) | $ | (849,479 | ) | $ | TBD | ||||
1 For the first unaudited nine months of 2016, ending September 30, 2016.
| 25 |
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015 and January 2, 2014 (Inception) to December 31, 2014
Revenues
In 2014, we recognized no revenues. The initial revenue from 2015 of $40,000 was derived from a project we undertook to locate influencers to promote our customer’s application.
Cost of Revenues
In 2015 cost of revenues was related to our cost associated with the one-time project.
Technology and Development Expenses
Technology and development expenses relate to the cost of consultants used to design, build, and test our platform. These expenses for 2015 increased to $200,451, or a 94% increase from 2014. We began the design and build out of our platform during the end of the 2nd quarter of 2014. The 2014 cost is approximately 50% of the cost incurred during 2015, so the increase is attributable to the longer duration of activity during 2015.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses includes employee compensation costs, rent expense, travel cost, and general expenses. These expenses, for 2015, increased to $627,345, or a 252% increase from 2014. This increase generally is reflective of the growth of our operations. Costs with significant increases included officers’ and employee salaries, employee benefit expense, and corporate travel expenses.
Other Expense — Interest Expense
During 2015, interest expense increased to $25,195 due to a convertible note payable issued in January 2015.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Going Concern
Our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. At December 31, 2015, however, we had cash of approximately $183,000, a working capital deficit of approximately $120,000 and a stockholders’ deficit of approximately $1,127,000. We have generated minimal revenues and have incurred net losses since inception. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset amounts or the classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern.
| 26 |
Since inception, our principal sources of operating funds have been cash proceeds from the issuance of a convertible note payable, sale of common stock and series A convertible preferred stock. We do not expect that our current cash on hand will fund our operations through September 30, 2017. Therefore, we will need to raise additional capital in order to meet our obligations and execute our business plan for at least the next twelve-month period thereafter. There can be no assurance that financing will be available when needed or that management will be able to obtain such financing on acceptable terms. If we are unable to raise sufficient additional funds, we will have to develop and implement a plan to extend payables, reduce overhead or scale back our business plan until sufficient additional capital is raised to support further operations. There can be no assurance that such a plan will be successful.
Convertible Notes Payable
During 2015 we completed a private placement of convertible promissory notes (“Notes”) with seventeen accredited investors (“Holders”). The Notes accrue interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum and are due and payable on the second-year anniversary of the purchase date. The notes become due and payable ranging from January 4, 2017 through December 30, 2017.
In the event that we issue and sell shares of the Company’s equity securities (“Equity Securities”) to investors (the “Investors”) on or before the date of the repayment in full of the Notes in an equity financing resulting in gross proceeds to us of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) (not including the conversion of the Notes), then the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, shall automatically convert in whole without any action by the Holders into such Equity Securities at a conversion price equal to eighty percent (80.0%) of the per-share price paid by the Investors for such Equity Securities and otherwise on the same terms and conditions applicable to the Investors. “Equity Securities” means shares of preferred stock.
In the event that we consummate a change of control of the Company prior to the conversion or repayment in full of the Notes, the Holders, may elect either to: (i) require that we pay the Holders in cash an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (A) one-and-one-half times (1.5x) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding, and (B) all unpaid accrued interest thereon; or (ii) convert the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of eight million dollars ($8,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of immediately prior to such change of control (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes).
In the event that neither of the two above occurs prior to the maturity date, then the Holders, in their sole option and upon written notice may, effective as of the maturity date, elect either to: (i) allow the Notes to remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue; or (ii) convert the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of our common stock outstanding at such time (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes) plus any unallocated shares under our equity incentive plan (the “Equity Plan”).
| 27 |
In the event that Holders elect to allow the Notes to remain outstanding after the maturity date, the Holders may, at any time after the maturity date, elect to convert the outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of our common stock outstanding at the time of such notice (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes, plus any unallocated shares under the Equity Plan).
In the event the Holders do not make a timely election pursuant to this provision, the Notes shall remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue as provided under the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent we consummate an equity financing transaction after a Holder has converted the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of our common stock, the Holder shall, at the time of such post-conversion financing, have the right to exchange such shares of our common stock into the same class or series of securities issued in the post-conversion financing (and on the same terms and conditions as such post-conversion financing), based on the then-outstanding principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest under the Notes at the time of the conversion of such amounts into shares of our common stock.
We have evaluated the Notes and conversion features in accordance with ASC 815-40 and determined that the embedded conversion features are not considered to be derivative liabilities.
Credit Facilities
Currently, we do not have any credit facilities with lending institutions, nor other access to bank credit.
Capital Expenditures
We have no contractual obligations for ongoing capital expenditures at this time. We do, however, purchase equipment and software necessary to conduct our operations on an as needed basis.
Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies
We do not have any material ongoing contracts that extend beyond a one-year period or which are not cancellable sooner. We lease our current office space on a month-to-month basis. We have no material contingent obligations.
Material Weaknesses
In connection with the audits of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and the prior period ended December 31, 2014 (inception year), our independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses relate to the absence of internal accounting personnel with the ability to properly account for complex transactions and a lack of separation of duties between accounting and other functions.
We hired a consulting firm to advise on technical
issues related to United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles as related to the maintenance of our accounting books
and records and the preparation of our financial statements. Although we are aware of the risks associated with not having dedicated
accounting personnel, we also are at an early stage in the development of our business. We anticipate expanding our accounting
functions with dedicated staff, and improving our internal accounting procedures and separation of duties when we can absorb the
costs of such expansion and improvement with additional capital resources. In the meantime, management will continue to observe
and assess our internal accounting function and make necessary improvements whenever they may be required.
| 28 |
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND SIGNIFICANT EMPLOYEES
Name |
Position |
Age |
Term of Office | Approximate hours per week for part-time employees | ||||
| Chadwick Sahley | Chief Executive Officer, Director | 45 | Since January 2014 | Full-time | ||||
| Samuel Michie | President and Chief Operating Officer, Director | 32 | Since January 2014 | Full-time | ||||
| Matthew Smith | Chief Technology Officer | 44 | Since January 2014 | 20 hours | ||||
| Casey Lavere | Director | 35 | Since May 2016 | Non-employee | ||||
| Steve Heineman | Director | 56 | Since June 2016 | Non-employee |
Chadwick Sahley, Founder and Chief Executive Officer
Chad has served as Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors since the Company’s inception. Chad started his first Company out of his garage, Hieroglyphic Productions. Over the next 10 years he built that company to become one of Disney’s largest vendors producing branded content for shows like Hannah Montana, Wizards of Waverly Place and Take Two with Phineas & Ferb. He also directed many A-list celebrities including Taylor Swift, Miley Cyrus, Ben Stiller, Muhammad Ali, and Michael J. Fox.
In 2007 he became one of the early adopters on YouTube, launching an original show that quickly became one of the top comedy channels. He loved this new space for many reasons, but mostly because it leveled the playing field for people who simply wanted to create content without playing the “Hollywood” game. YouTube was also the place where he became fast friends with some of the top content creators.
In 2012, Hieroglyphic Productions was acquired by Maker Studios where Chad served as Vice President of Production, helping to build the company before it was sold two years later to Disney for $650 Million.
Samuel Michie, Founder, President and Chief Operating Officer
Sam has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since the Company’s inception. Sam currently sits on the Company’s board of directors.
Well balanced with experience in sales, business development, and operations management, Sam is a proven business leader. Prior to co-founding Social Bluebook®, Sam played an integral role in company operations for the world's largest YouTube multi-channel network, Maker Studios (2012-2013). He worked on various strategic initiatives including successfully implementing budget-tracking software across seven internal production departments (110+ people) to provide internal and external production cost analytics. Previous to Maker, Sam worked in business development and sales for Adaptive Computing (2009-2012). While at Adaptive, Sam managed a multi-million-dollar sales territory across various verticals such as Oil and Gas, Entertainment, Higher Education, and Software Services. In 2012, Sam broke all company records by reaching his yearly sales quota within the first fiscal quarter.
Matthew Smith, Chief Technology Officer
Matt has served as Chief Technology Officer since [ ]
Matt has spent the last decade+ working with software design, development and testing teams around the globe. He’s served in various IT executive and significant roles including CTO at 1800Accountant (2014-2015), VP Operations at Vocalocity (2006-2012), and Technical Manager at AOL, Inc (2004-2006). He’s also provided consulting services to companies who are looking to expand their development teams with offshore resources. He has helped companies find resources to handle UX/UI Design, Programming (any modern language or framework), Database Administration, QA Testing and Linux DevOps. Whether it's spinning up a new product team or simply staff augmentation, he has helped companies set up outsourcing relationships for all aspects of the software development lifecycle. Prior to the 2008 financial crisis, Matt held VP of Product and VP of Technology positions and managed a globally distributed Software Design, Development & QA Team of 30+ who built our dial tone and web platform.
| 29 |
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, we compensated our three highest paid executive officers as follows:
| Name | Capacities in which compensation was received | 2015 Cash compensation | 2015 Other compensation | Total compensation | ||||||||
| Chadwick Sahley | CEO | $ | 73,076.86 | 103,901 Common Shares | $ | 73,076.86 | ||||||
| Samuel Michie | COO | $ | 53,846.20 | 55,947 Common Shares | $ | 53,846.20 | ||||||
| Matthew Smith | CTO | $ | 115,384.60 | None | $ | 115,384.60 | ||||||
We anticipate that the salaries for the positions identified above will be $200,000 for the Chief Executive Officer, $175,000 for the President and $200,000 for the Chief Technology Officer.
INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
We rent office space on a month-to-month term from Mr. Sahley, a founding shareholder. During 2014, 2015 and 2016, the Company paid the shareholder approximately $7,000, $16,000 and $[ ], respectively.
| 30 |
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS
The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information as of September 30, 2016, with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock by (1) each individual or entity known to own beneficially more than 10% of our common stock and (2) all of our executive officers and directors, as a group.
The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security. A person is also deemed a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be acquired this way are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing a person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities, and a person may be deemed a beneficial owner of securities to which that person has no economic interest.
As of September 30, 2016, there were [5,127,906] shares of our common stock outstanding. Shares subject to option grants that have vested or options and restricted stock unit grants that will vest within 60 days are deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage ownership of the person holding the options or restricted stock units, but are not deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage ownership of any other person.
| Title of Class | Name and address of beneficial owner(1) | Amount and nature of beneficial ownership | Amount and nature of beneficial ownership acquirable | Percent of class | ||||||||
| Common Stock | Chadwick Sahley | 2,841,088 | 200,065 shares are convertible from Preferred Stock | 57 | % | |||||||
| Common Stock | Samuel Michie | 1,496,435 | 29 | % | ||||||||
| Common Stock | Danny Zappin | 569,446 shares are convertible from Preferred Stock | 10 | % | ||||||||
| All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group | 90 | % | ||||||||||
| Preferred Stock | Danny Zappin | 569,446 | 10 | % | ||||||||
(1) Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power for the indicated shares of common stock. Unless otherwise noted, the address for each beneficial owner listed below is c/o New Media Trader, Inc., 31563 Lindero Canyon Road, Unit 2, Westlake Village, California 91361.
| 31 |
SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY AND SECURITIES BEING OFFERED
We are offering Series B Preferred Stock to investors in this offering. The following is a description of our Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and common stock.
Series B Preferred Stock
General
We are offering our Series B Preferred Stock at a price of $[ ] per share (the “Series B Original Issue Price”) in this offering. The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock are as described below.
Dividend Rights
Holders of our Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or any Deemed Liquidation Event (i.e., a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another company or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company to another company), before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to holders of common stock an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the Series B Original Issue Price, plus any unpaid dividends, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series B Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event. The "Series B Original Issue Price" shall mean $[ ] per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock.
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock, the remaining funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Company will be distributed among the holders of shares of common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each such holder.
| 32 |
Voting Rights
The Series B Preferred Stock is non-voting except as required under law. Generally, this means that the holders of Series B Preferred Stock may vote if any proposed amendment to the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series B Preferred Stock would affect the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock adversely, but will not adversely affect the other series of Preferred Stock. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock are subject to a drag-along provision as set forth in the Subscription Agreement, pursuant to which each holder of Series B Preferred Stock agrees that, in the event the Company’s Board and the holders of a majority of the Company’s voting stock vote in favor of a sale of the Company, then such holder of Series B Preferred stock will vote in favor of the transaction if such vote is solicited, refrain from exercising dissenters’ rights with respect to such sale of the Company, and deliver any documentation or take other actions reasonably required, amongst other covenants.
Conversion
Voluntary Conversion Rights. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into common stock at an initial conversion rate of one-to-one. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment as provided in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or a Deemed Liquidation Event ((i.e., a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another company or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company to another company), the conversion rights will terminate.
Automatic Conversion. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, at the time of such vote or consent, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock.
Series A Preferred Stock
General
During the third quarter of 2014, we completed a private placement for the issuance of our Series A Preferred Stock. We issued 2,138,078 shares for total proceeds of $563,200. Our Series A Preferred Stock was issued at a price of $0.2634 (the “Original Issue Price”). The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock are as described below.
| 33 |
Dividend Rights
Holders of our Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. The Company may not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company (other than dividends on shares of common stock payable in shares of common stock) unless the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a non-cumulative dividend on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock accruing at an annual rate in an amount at least equal to the product of (i) three percent (3.0%), and (ii) the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below). The "Series A Original Issue Price" shall mean $0.2634 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock.
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or any Deemed Liquidation Event (i.e., a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another company or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company to another company), before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to holder of common stock an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any unpaid dividends, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event.
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the remaining funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Company will be distributed among the holders of shares of common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each such holder.
Voting Rights
On any matter presented to our stockholders at any stockholders’ meeting (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock may cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provision of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of common stock as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock.
| 34 |
The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Company (the "Series A Director"), and the holders of record of the shares of common stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Company. Any director elected may be removed with or without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. The rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock to elect a director shall terminate on the first date on which there are issued and outstanding less than 200,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock).
Conversion
Voluntary Conversion Rights. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The "Series A Conversion Price" shall initially be equal to the Original Issue Price. The initial Series A Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of common stock, is subject to adjustment as provided in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or a Deemed Liquidation Event (i.e., a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another company or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company to another company), the conversion rights will terminate.
Automatic Conversion. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at the time of such vote or consent, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock.
Protective Provisions
At any time when at least 200,000 shares of the initial Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Company shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting, or voting (as the case may be) separately as a single class:
| ● | alter the rights, powers or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as then in effect, in a way that adversely affects the Series A Preferred Stock; |
| 35 |
| ● | increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of the Preferred Stock; |
| ● | authorize or create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of capital stock having rights, powers, or privileges set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Company, as then in effect, that are senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock; |
| ● | redeem or repurchase any shares of common stock or preferred stock (other than (i) pursuant to employee or consultant agreements giving the Company the right to repurchase shares upon the termination of services pursuant to the terms of the applicable agreement, (ii) pursuant to a right of first offer or refusal in favor of the Company, and (iii) pursuant to the Company's long-term incentive plan and award agreements adopted thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof); or |
| ● | liquidate, dissolve, or wind-up the business and affairs of the Company, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent, agree or commit to do any of the foregoing without conditioning such consent, agreement or commitment upon obtaining the approval the required holders. |
Holders of our Series A Preferred Stock have a right of co-sale and a right of first refusal to purchase shares in new securities the Company may propose to sell after the date of that agreement. The right of first refusal in the agreement will end if the Company makes an initial public offering.
Common Stock
On January 2, 2014, we issued to the founders 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for $400. From January 2, 2014 to December 31, 2014, we issued 634,459 shares of common stock for $140,752 to accredited investors. On May 14, 2015, we issued to the founders 159,848 shares of common stock for services rendered. The shares were valued at $15,186, the then fair market value of the Company’s common stock.
Holders of our common stock are entitled:
| ● | to cast one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders; |
| ● | to receive, on a pro rata basis, dividends and distributions, if any, that the Board of Directors may declare out of legally available funds, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding; and |
| ● | upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, to share equally and ratably in any assets remaining after the payment of all debt and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights, if any, of holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. |
Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is subject to the restrictions set forth in our existing debt agreements and which may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiary incur in the future. See “Dividend Policy.”
The holders of our common stock do not have any preemptive, subscription, conversion, redemption or sinking fund rights. The common stock is not subject to future calls or assessments by us. The rights and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future.
There is no public market for our common stock.
| 36 |
We are offering up to [ ] shares of Series B Preferred Stock, as described in this offering circular. The securities are being sold in all states. We intend to sell our Series B Preferred Stock through our officers, who will not receive any additional compensation for their selling efforts. We may engage a placement agent, who would be a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and registered with the U.S Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker or dealer. We expect that the amount of expenses, other than commissions, of the offering that it will pay will be approximately $[ ], not including state filing fees.
The offering will terminate at the earlier of: (1) the date at which the maximum offering amount has been sold, (2) the date which is one year from this offering being qualified by the Commission, or (3) the date at which the offering is earlier terminated by us in our sole discretion. We are conducting this offering on a best-efforts basis without any minimum target. We may undertake one or more closings on a “rolling” basis. After each closing, funds tendered by investors will be available to the Company. Upon closing, funds tendered by investors will be made available to us for our use.
In order to invest you will be required to subscribe to the Offering and agree to the terms of the Offering, Subscription Agreement, and any other relevant exhibit attached thereto. We may be required to rely on pursuing private financing options in order to continue operations if it takes some time for us to raise funds in this Offering.
| 37 |
New Media Trader, Inc.
December 31, 2015 and 2014
| 38 |
NEW MEDIA TRADER, INC.
Table of Contents
| F-1 |
|
101 Larkspur Landing Circle Suite 321 Larkspur, CA 94939 www.rbsmllp.com |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors
of New Media Trader, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of New Media Trader, Inc. (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit (equity), and , cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from January 2, 2014 (inception date) to December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We have conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States of America). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of New Media Trader, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the periods ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has an accumulated deficit as of December 31, 2015, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to this matter are described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
/s/ RBSM LLP
RBSM LLP
Larkspur, California
September 29, 2016
| F-2 |
BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2015 and 2014
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| Assets | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 182,800 | $ | 471,700 | ||||
| Accounts receivable, Net | 25,000 | - | ||||||
| Total current assets | 207,800 | 471,700 | ||||||
| Computer Equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $1,842 and $354 | 15,311 | 7,088 | ||||||
| Total Assets | $ | 223,111 | $ | 478,788 | ||||
| Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit (Equity) | ||||||||
| Total current liabilities - Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | $ | 79,292 | $ | 16,094 | ||||
| Convertible notes payable | 479,167 | - | ||||||
| Total liabilities | 558,459 | 16,094 | ||||||
| Stockholders’ Deficit (Equity) | ||||||||
| Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001, 5,000,000 shares authorized, 2,138,078 issued and outstanding | 214 | 214 | ||||||
| Common stock, par value $0.0001, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 5,127,906 and 4,814,229 issued and outstanding | 512 | 481 | ||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | 790,450 | 744,044 | ||||||
| Accumulated deficit | (1,126,524 | ) | (282,045 | ) | ||||
| Total stockholders' (deficit) equity | (335,348 | ) | 462,694 | |||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity | $ | 223,111 | $ | 478,788 | ||||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-3 |
Statements of Operations
| For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 | For the period January 2, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014 | |||||||
| Revenues, net | $ | 40,000 | $ | - | ||||
| Cost of revenues | (30,000 | ) | - | |||||
| Technology and development | (200,451 | ) | (103,240 | ) | ||||
| Depreciation | (1,488 | ) | (354 | ) | ||||
| General and administrative expenses | (627,345 | ) | (178,451 | ) | ||||
| Loss from operations | (819,284 | ) | (282,045 | ) | ||||
| Other income expenses | ||||||||
| Interest expense | (25,195 | ) | - | |||||
| Loss before provision for income taxes | (844,479 | ) | (282,045 | ) | ||||
| Provision for income taxes | - | - | ||||||
| Net loss | $ | (844,479 | ) | $ | (282,045 | ) | ||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-4 |
NEW
MEDIA TRADER, INC
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
| Series A Preferred Stock | Common Stock | Additional Paid-In | Accumulated | Total Stockholders’ (Deficit) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Deficit | Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance January 2, 2014 (Inception) | - | $ | - | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||||||||
| Share issued to founders | - | - | 4,000,000 | 400 | - | - | 400 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of series A convertible preferred stock | 2,138,078 | 214 | - | - | 562,986 | - | 563,200 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of shares for cash | 634,459 | 63 | 140,689 | - | 140,752 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Restricted stock awards | - | - | 179,770 | 18 | 39,251 | - | 39,269 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Fair value of stock options issued for services | - | - | - | - | 1,118 | - | 1,118 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | - | - | - | - | - | (282,045 | ) | (282,045 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance December 31, 2014 | 2,138,078 | $ | 214 | 4,814,229 | $ | 481 | $ | 744,044 | $ | (282,045 | ) | $ | 462,694 | |||||||||||||||
| Issuance of shares to founders for services | - | - | 159,848 | 16 | 15,170 | - | 15,186 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Restricted stock awards | - | - | 153,829 | 15 | 29,792 | - | 29,807 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Fair value of stock options issued for services | - | - | - | 1,444 | - | 1,444 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | - | - | - | - | - | (844,479 | ) | (844,479 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance December 31, 2015 | 2,138,078 | $ | 214 | 5,127,906 | $ | 512 | $ | 790,450 | $ | (1,126,524 | ) | $ | (335,348 | ) | ||||||||||||||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-5 |
New
Media Trader, Inc.
Statements of Cash Flows
| For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 | For the period January 2, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014 | |||||||
| Cash Flows From Operating Activities | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | (844,479 | ) | $ | (282,045 | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 1,488 | 354 | ||||||
| Fair value of equity issued for services | 46,437 | 40,387 | ||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable | (25,000 | ) | - | |||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses | 63,198 | 16,094 | ||||||
| Net Cash Used in Operating Activities | (773,542 | ) | (225,210 | ) | ||||
| Cash Flows From Investing Activities | ||||||||
| Purchase of property and equipment | (9,711 | ) | (7,442 | ) | ||||
| Net Cash Used in Investing Activities | (9,711 | ) | (7,442 | ) | ||||
| Cash Flows From Financing Activities | ||||||||
| Issuance of series A convertible preferred shares for cash | - | 563,200 | ||||||
| Issuance of common stock for cash | - | 141,152 | ||||||
| Cash from issuance of convertible notes payable | 479,167 | - | ||||||
| Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities | 494,353 | 704,352 | ||||||
| Net (decrease) increase in Cash | (288,900 | ) | 471,700 | |||||
| Cash, Beginning of Period | 471,700 | - | ||||||
| Cash, End of Period | $ | 182,800 | 471,700 | |||||
| Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: | ||||||||
| Cash paid for interest | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| Cash paid for income taxes | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| Noncash investing and financing activities: none | ||||||||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-6 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies
Company and nature of the Business
New Media Trader, Inc. (dba Social Blue Book) (the “Company” or “We”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 2, 2014. The Company operates the website, Socialbluebook.com which offers a financial analysis of how much a transaction is worth when an advertiser approaches a social media content creator about using their social media platforms (e.g., You Tube, Vine, Facebook, and Twitter) for product placements and other forms of native advertising. Creators connect their social platforms to the Company’s assessment tools, and the Company’s proprietary algorithms calculate a dollar value that the parties to a promotion transaction then use as a documented basis for their negotiations. The Company calculates a suggested price that a content creator can use as a starting point in negotiations with a brand or agency. The Company’s price analysis takes into account the key factors such as the demographic reach, viewership, engagement, and genre.
Recently, the Company released a beta version of its creator marketplace for advertisers, brands & Agencies. The proprietary marketplace platform allows brands and agencies to search through the Company’s database of content creators and obtain their prices (values based on the company's algorithms) as well as other essential demographic data for advertising or marketing campaigns. When they locate creators on the Company’s website that are of interest, they then can use the Company’s portal to invite them to participate in campaigns. The Company has also created a payment platform for advertisers, brands and agencies to pay the content providers. Successfully executed campaigns can utilize Social Blue Book’s (“SBB”) direct deposit payment method, and the Company charges a fee for the transaction. New Media Trader is headquartered in Los Angeles, California.
Financial Statement Presentation and basis of presentation
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going-concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has not generated sufficient revenue and has funded its operating losses through the sale of common stock and the issuance of debt. The Company has a limited operating history and its prospects are subject to risks, expenses and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in the industry.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business.
In the course of its development activities, the Company has sustained and continues to sustain losses. The Company cannot predict if or when the Company will generate profits. Since inception the Company has generated cumulative net losses of approximately $1,127,000.
The Company has not yet established an ongoing source of revenues sufficient to cover its operating costs and allow it to continue as a going concern. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern depends on it obtaining the adequate capital to fund operating losses until it becomes profitable. Management plans to continue as a going concern to achieve a profitable level of operations include generating cash through increased product sales, reducing planned expenditures, if necessary, and raising capital from investors.
| F-7 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
While management plans to take the steps necessary to extend the time period over which the then-available resources would be able to fund the operations, management cannot provide any assurances that the Company will be successful in accomplishing any of its plans. Additionally, there can be no assurance that, if such efforts are successful, the terms and conditions of such financing will be favorable. If the Company is unable to obtain adequate capital, it could be forced to cease operations.
During 2015, the Company obtained capital for working capital totaling of approximately $479,000 in connection with issuances of convertible promissory notes. During the 2014, the Company obtained capital for working capital need totaling approximately $563,000 in connection with issuances of its series A convertible preferred stock and approximately $141,000 from the issuance of its common stock. The Company has and is in discussion with several investment banking firms and is evaluating the Company’s options for additional obtaining additional funding for its working capital needs. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon its ability to successfully accomplish its plans and eventually secure other sources of financing and attain profitable operations. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of assets and/or liabilities that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and that affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates. In addition, any change in these estimates or their related assumptions could have an adverse effect on our operating results. Key estimates include: valuation of derivative liabilities and valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities.
Certain Risks and Concentrations
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from advertising revenue earned from advertising customers for delivering ad impressions on our platform and from billings to ad networks that represent adverting customers. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. Although typical payment terms for online adverting industry are slow, historically, write-off losses have been minimal and within management’s expectations. For both December 31, 2015 and 2014, the allowance for doubtful accounts was nil.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents. The Company may, from time to time, have deposits in one financial institution that exceeds the federally insured amount.
| F-8 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and generally do not bear interest. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established, as necessary, based on past experience and other factors, which, in management’s judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating bad debts. Such factors include growth and composition of accounts receivable, the relationship of the allowance for doubtful accounts to accounts receivable and current economic conditions. The determination of the collectability of amounts due from customer accounts requires the Company to make judgments regarding future events and trends. Allowances for doubtful accounts are determined based on assessing the Company’s portfolio on an individual customer and on an overall basis. This process consists of a review of historical collection experience, current aging status of the customer accounts, and the financial condition of the Company’s customers.
Computer Equipment
Computer equipment is stated at cost. When retired or otherwise disposed, the related carrying value and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and the net difference less any amount realized from disposition, is reflected in earnings. For financial statement purposes, property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, which is generally five years. Upon sale or retirement of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.
Platform Technology and Development Expenses
Costs for technology, including predevelopment efforts prior to establishing technological feasibility of our platform are expensed as incurred.
Development costs are capitalized when technological feasibility has been established and anticipated future revenues support the recoverability of the capitalized amounts. Capitalization stops when the product is available for general release to customers. Due to the short time period between achieving technological feasibility and product release and the insignificant amount of costs incurred during such periods, the Company has not capitalized any software development, and have expensed these costs as incurred.
Fair Value Measurement
The accounting standards regarding fair value of financial instruments and related fair value measurements define fair value, establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhance disclosure requirements for fair value measures.
ASC Topic 820 establishes a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs to valuation used to measure fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows:
Level 1 - inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3 - inputs are unobservable inputs based on our own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value.
| F-9 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
On a Recurring Basis:
A financial asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability. The Company has determined that the convertible debt instruments outstanding as of the date of these financial statements include an exercise price “reset” adjustment that qualifies as derivative financial instruments under the provisions of ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in an Entity’s Own Stock (“ASC 815-40”).
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statements of operations. For stock-based derivative financial instruments, the Company uses the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model to value the derivative instruments. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative instrument liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement of the derivative instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date.
Based on the Company’s analysis the embedded features of the convertible notes payable and series A convertible preferred stock are not considered to be derivative liabilities.
Revenue Recognition
The Company derives its revenue when a brand or an agency pays a fee to social media content creator. The Company charges the social media content creator for a fee for each transaction entered into with a brand or agency.
Revenue is recognized when services have been provided and persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Generally, the Company does not provide its customers with a contractual right of return. Management believes that all relevant criteria and conditions are considered when recognizing revenue.
Concentrations
One customer accounted for 100% of the Company’s revenue for 2015 and the same customer accounted for 100% accounts receivable as of December 31, 2015.
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
Share-based compensation cost is measured at grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s service period. The Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.
| F-10 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
The Company has determined that the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model is the most appropriate method for determining the estimated fair value for stock options or warrants. The Black-Scholes Model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions that determine the fair value of share-based awards, including the equity instrument’s expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock.
Equity instruments issued to nonemployees are recorded at their fair value on the measurement date and are subject to periodic adjustment as the underlying equity instruments vest.
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred taxes represent the future tax consequences expected to occur when the reported amounts of assets and liabilities are recovered or paid. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Deferred taxes result from differences between the financial and tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes are enacted. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized.
The Company must assess the likelihood that the Company’s deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and to the extent the Company believes that recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance is recognized. Management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against the net deferred tax assets. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. Based on the available evidence, the Company believes it is more likely than not, that it will not be able to utilize its deferred tax assets in the future. The Company intends to maintain valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of such valuation allowances. Management makes estimates and judgments about the Company’s future taxable income that is based on assumptions that are consistent with management’s plans. Should the actual amounts differ from the estimates, the carrying value of the Company’s deferred tax assets could be materially impacted.
The Company recognizse in the financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of operating expense. The Company does not believe there are any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within twelve months of the reporting date. There were no penalties or interest liabilities accrued as of December 31, 2015 or 2014, nor were any penalties or interest costs included in expense for 2015 and 2014.
Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity of a company during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments from owners and distributions to owners. For 2015 and 2014, the Company had no comprehensive loss transactions.
| F-11 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Commitments and Contingencies
In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to loss contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business, that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, government investigations, environment liability and tax matters. An accrual for a loss contingency is recognized when it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2016, accounting guidance was issued to clarify the not yet effective revenue recognition guidance issued in May 2014. This additional guidance does not change the core principle of the revenue recognition guidance issued in May 2014, rather, it provides clarification of accounting for collections of sales taxes as well as recognition of revenue (i) associated with contract modifications, (ii) for noncash consideration, and (iii) based on the collectability of the consideration from the customer. The guidance also specifies when a contract should be considered “completed” for purposes of applying the transition guidance. The effective date and transition requirements for this guidance are the same as the effective date and transition requirements for the guidance previously issued in 2014, which is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact that this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In April 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to identifying performance obligations in contracts with customers and improving the operability and understandability of licensing implementation guidance. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact of this new guidance on its financial statements.
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued to improve the accounting for employee stock-based payments. The guidance simplifies accounting for stock-based award transactions specific to income tax consequences, the classification of awards as equity or liabilities, and the classification of award payments on the statement of cash flows. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued to clarify the application of previously issued revenue recognition guidance related to whether an entity is a principal or an agent. More specifically, this new guidance clarifies that the analysis must focus on whether the entity has control of the goods or services before they are transferred to the customer and provides additional guidance about how to apply the control principle when services are provided and when goods or services are combined with other goods or services. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact that this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to accounting for derivatives and hedging activity. The guidance amends existing GAAP by clarifying that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as a hedging instrument does not, in and of itself, require de-designation of that hedging relationship, provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. The amendment improves prior guidance by eliminating diversity in practice. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The guidance may be applied prospectively or using a modified retrospective approach to adjust retained earnings. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its financial statements.
| F-12 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
In March 2016, additional accounting guidance was issued pertaining to accounting for derivatives and hedging activity. The guidance clarifies the steps required when assessing whether the economic characteristics and risks of call (put) options are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of their debt hosts, which is one of the criteria for bifurcating an embedded derivative. Consequently, when a call (put) option is contingently exercisable, an entity does not have to assess whether the event that triggers the ability to exercise a call (put) option is related to interest rates or credit risks. The amendment improves prior guidance by eliminating diversity in practice in assessing embedded contingent call (put) options in debt instruments. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In February 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to leases to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The core principle of this guidance is that a lessee should recognize a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In January 2016, accounting guidance was issued on the classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities (equity securities and financial liabilities) under the fair value option, and the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. The guidance modifies how an entity measures equity investments and present changes in the fair value of financial liabilities. Under the new guidance, an entity will have to measure at fair value those equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method, and an entity will have to recognize any changes in fair value in net income unless the investments qualify for the new practicality exception. That exception will apply to those equity investments that do not have a readily determinable fair value and do not qualify for the practical expedient to estimate fair value under the guidance, and, as such, these investments may be measured at cost. The guidance will be effective on January 1, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
The Company continually assess any new accounting pronouncements to determine their applicability. Where it is determined that a new accounting pronouncement affects the Company’s financial reporting, managment undertakes a study to determine the consequence of the change to the Company’s financial statements and assure that there are proper controls in place to ascertain that the financial statements properly reflect the change. The Company has evaluated all other GAAP pronouncements issued through the date the financials were issued and believe that the adoption of these will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
NOTE 2 – CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE
During 2015 the Company completed a private placement of its convertible promissory notes (“Notes”) with seventeen accredited investors (“Holders”). The Notes accrue interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum and are due and payable on the second-year anniversary of the purchase date. The notes become due and payable ranging from January 4, 2017 through December 30, 2017. The Notes are convertible into the Company’s common stock, as follows:
In the event that the Company issues and sells shares of the Company’s equity securities (“Equity Securities”) to investors (the “Investors”) on or before the date of the repayment in full of the Notes in an equity financing resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) (not including the conversion of the Notes), then the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, shall automatically convert in whole without any action by the Holders into such Equity Securities at a conversion price equal to eighty percent (80.0%) of the per-share price paid by the Investors for such Equity Securities and otherwise on the same terms and conditions applicable to the Investors.
| F-13 |
NOTE 2 – CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE (continued)
In the event that the Company consummates a change of control of the Company prior to the conversion or repayment in full of the Notes, the Holders, may elect to either: (i) require the Company to pay the Holders in cash an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (A) one-and-one-half times (1.5x) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding and (B) all unpaid accrued interest thereon; or (ii) convert the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, into shares of common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to the quotient of eight million dollars ($8,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock as of immediately prior to such change of control (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes. The Company will give the Holders at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the anticipated closing date of such Change of Control (provided that such notice may be waived in writing at the election of the Requisite Holders).
In the event that neither of the two above occurs prior to the maturity date, then the Holders, in their sole option and upon written notice to the Company made at least five (5) days prior to the maturity date, may, effective as of the maturity date, elect to either: (i) allow the Notes to remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue as provided under this Note; or (ii) convert the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding at such time (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes) plus any unallocated shares under the Company’s equity incentive plan (the “Equity Plan”). In the event that Holders elect to allow the Notes to remain outstanding after the maturity date, the Holders may, at any time after the maturity date, and upon at least five (5) days’ prior written notice to the Company, elect to convert the outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding at the time of such notice (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes) plus any unallocated shares under the Equity Plan). In the event the Holders do not timely make an election pursuant to this provision, the Notes shall remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue as provided under the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Company consummates an equity financing transaction after Holder has converted the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock the Holders shall, at the time of such post-conversion financing, have the right to exchange such shares of the Company’s common stock into the same class or series of securities issued in the post-conversion financing (and on the same terms and conditions as such post-conversion financing), based on the then-outstanding principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest under the Notes at the time of the conversion of such amounts into shares of the Company’s Common Stock.
The Company has evaluated the Notes and conversion features in accordance with ASC 815-40 and determined that the embedded conversion features are not considered to be derivative liabilities.
| F-14 |
NOTE 3 – EQUITY SECURITIES
The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share, consisting of 15,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 share of preferred stock, which are all designated as series A preferred stock.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
During the third quarter of 2014, the Company completed a private placement for the issuance of its series A convertible preferred stock. The Company issued 2,138,078 shares for total proceeds of $563,200.
Each share of series A preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock as is determined by dividing $0.263414 (the “Original Issue Price”) by the series A conversion price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The "Series A Conversion Price" shall initially be equal to the Original Issue Price, which initial Series A Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of series A preferred stock may be converted into shares of common stock, is subject to adjustment as provided in this Restated Certificate.
Also, in the case of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the conversion rights will terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the first payment of any funds and assets distributable on such event to the holders of series A preferred stock.
Common Stock
On January 2, 2014, the Company issued to the founders 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for $400.
From January 2, 2014 to December 31, 2014, the Company issued 634,459 shares of the Company’s common stock for $140,752 to accredited investors.
On May 14, 2015, the Company issued to the founders 159,848 shares of the Company’s common stock for services rendered. The shares were valued at $15,186, the then fair market value of the Company’s common stock. The fair value was determined by independent third-party valuation firm.
Employee Equity Incentive Awards
In 2014, the Company adopted the “2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan” (the “Plan”). The Plan authorized 1,060,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Shares”) to be granted as either restricted stock or stock options, at the discretion of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee, whichever exists at the time of grant. The Company grants awards at exercise prices or strike prices that are equal to the market price of its common stock on the date of grant.
For all share-based awards, the GAAP guidance requires that the Company measure compensation costs related to its share-based payment transactions at fair value on the grant date and that it recognize those costs in the financial statements over the vesting period during which the employee provides service in exchange for the award.
| F-15 |
NOTE 3 – EQUITY SECURITIES (continued)
A summary of the Company’s restricted stock activity and related information is as follows:
| Number of Grants | Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Per Share | Aggregate Intrinsic Value | ||||||||||
| Balance, January 2, 2014 | - | $ | - | $ | ||||||||
| Granted | 345,264 | 0.22 | ||||||||||
| Vested | (179,770 | ) | 0.22 | |||||||||
| Cancelled | - | |||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2014 | 165,494 | 0.22 | - | |||||||||
| Granted | 69,385 | 0.10 | ||||||||||
| Vested | (153,829 | ) | 0.19 | |||||||||
| Cancelled | - | |||||||||||
| Balanced, December 31, 2015 | 81,050 | $ | 0.15 | $ | - | |||||||
The fair market value of the restricted stock issued during 2015 and 2014 was approximately $7,000 and $75,000, respectively. For 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded an expense of approximately $30,000 and $39,000 respectively for restricted stock vested. The remaining unvested fair value as of December 31, 2015 was $13,000
The Company uses the Black-Scholes model to estimate the fair value of each stock option granted. Due to the limited operation history of the Company, it does not have sufficient historical data to estimate exercise behaviors for separate groups of retirement eligible and non-retirement eligible employees. Accordingly, it calculates the weighted average expected stock option on a simplified method which is 7 years.
| F-16 |
NOTE 3 – EQUITY SECURITIES (continued)
A summary of the Company’s stock options and related information is as follows:
| Number of Shares | Weighted-Average Exercise Price | Weighted-average Remaining Contractual Life | Aggregate Intrinsic Value | ||||||||||||
| Balance, January 2, 2014 | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||
| Granted | 31,416 | 0.23 | |||||||||||||
| Exercised | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Cancelled | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2014 | 31,416 | 0.23 | 7.0 | - | |||||||||||
| Granted | 13,596 | 0.10 | |||||||||||||
| Exercised | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Cancelled | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Balanced, December 31, 2015 | 45,012 | 0.19 | 7.0 | - | |||||||||||
| Exercisable as of December 31, 2015 | 21,207 | 0.20 | 7.0 | - | |||||||||||
| Exercisable as of December 31, 2015 and expected to vest | 21,207 | $ | 0.20 | 7.0 | $ | - | |||||||||
The total grant date fair value of stock options vested during 2015 and 2014 was $788 and $4,242. The Company has recognized of $1,444 and $1,118 for 2015 and 2014.
As of December 31, 2015, there was $2,468 of unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding employee stock options. This amount is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4 years. To the extent the actual forfeiture rate is different from what we have estimated, stock-based compensation expense to be related to these awards will be different from our expectations.
| F-17 |
NOTE 3 – EQUITY SECURITIES (continued)
The weighted-average grant date fair value of the options granted during 2015 and 2014, was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| Expected dividend yield | - | - | ||||||
| Expected price volatility | 56.8% - 63.6 | % | 58.7 | % | ||||
| Risk-free interest rate | 1.79% - 1.87 | % | 2.16% - 2.23 | % | ||||
| Expected life of options in years | 7.0 | 7.0 | ||||||
Since the Company is privately-held, the volatility was estimated using an average volatility based on a pool of publicly-held companies whose business are similar in nature to the Company.
NOTE – 4 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company rents office space on a month to month term from a majority shareholder, officer and director of the Company, during 2015 and 2014, the Company paid the shareholder approximately $16,000 and $7,000, respectively
NOTE - 5 INCOME TAXES
A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the United States federal statutory rate of 34% and a Delaware state rate of 0% compared to the Company's income tax expense as reported is as follows:
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| Net loss before income taxes | $ | (844,479 | ) | $ | (282,045 | ) | ||
| Income tax rate | 34 | % | 34 | % | ||||
| Income tax recovery | (287,000 | ) | (96,000 | ) | ||||
| Valuation allowance change | 287,000 | 96,000 | ||||||
| Provision for income taxes | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
The significant components of deferred income tax assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| Net operating loss carry-forward | $ | 383,000 | $ | 96,000 | ||||
| Valuation allowance | (383,000 | ) | (96,000 | ) | ||||
| Net deferred income tax asset | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| F-18 |
NOTE - 5 INCOME TAXES (continued)
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company has no unrecognized income tax benefits. The Company's policy for classifying interest and penalties associated with unrecognized income tax benefits is to include such items as tax expense. No interest or penalties have been recorded for 2015 and 2014, and no interest or penalties have been accrued as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 the Company did not have any amounts recorded pertaining to uncertain tax positions.
The tax years from 2014 and forward remain open to examination by federal and state authorities due to net operating loss and credit carryforwards. The Company is currently not under examination by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authorities.
NOTE – 6 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In 2016, the Company initiated a second round of convertible notes payable (“2016 Notes). The 2016 Notes have substantial the same terms as the notes issued in 2015. As of the issuance of these financial statements, the total 2016 Notes issued was $498,000.
In accordance with ASC 855, “Subsequent Events”, the Company has evaluated all subsequent events through September 29, 2016, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
| F-19 |
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
| Exhibit 2.1 | Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation* |
| Exhibit 2.2 | Bylaws* |
| Exhibit 3.1 | Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement* |
| Exhibit 4 | Form of Subscription Agreement* |
| Exhibit 5 | Voting Agreement* |
| Exhibit 11 | Consent of Auditor |
| Exhibit 12 | Opinion as to validity of securities* |
| Exhibit 13 | Testing the waters materials* |
* To be filed by amendment to this Offering Circular
| 39 |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this Offering Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los Angeles, State of California, on October 4, 2016.
New Media Trader, Inc.
/s/ Samuel Michie
By Samuel Michie, President
This Offering Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ Chadwick Sahley
Chadwick Sahley, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Date: October 4, 2016
/s/ Samuel Michie
Samuel Michie, President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Date: October 4, 2016
40
Exhibit 15(a).2
An offering statement pursuant to Regulation A relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained in this Preliminary Offering Circular is subject to completion or amendment. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted before the offering statement filed with the Commission is qualified. This Preliminary Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor may there be any sales of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful before registration or qualification under the laws of any such state. We may elect to satisfy our obligation to deliver a Final Offering Circular by sending you a notice within two business days after the completion of our sale to you that contains the URL where the Final Offering Circular or the offering statement in which such Final Offering Circular was filed may be obtained.
Subject to Completion. Dated November 9, 2016
PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR
NEW MEDIA TRADER, INC.
dba Social BlueBook

31563 Lindero Canyon Road, Unit 2
Westlake Village, California 91361
310.948-7954
www.socialbluebook.com
UP TO [ ] SHARES OF SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK+
See SECURITIES BEING OFFERED at Page 32 for additional details.
| Price Per Share to the Public | Total Number of Shares Being Offered | Proceeds to Issuer Before Expenses, Discounts and Commission* | |
| Series B Preferred Stock | $[ ] | [ ] | [ ] |
+To be designated by amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
* Does not include expenses of the offering. We intend to sell our Series B Preferred Stock through our officers, who will not receive any additional compensation for their selling efforts. We may engage a placement agent, who would be a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and registered with the U.S Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker or dealer. See “Plan of Distribution.” We expect that the amount of expenses, other than commissions, of the offering that it will pay will be approximately $[ ], not including state filing fees.
The offering will terminate at the earlier of: (1) the date at which the maximum offering amount has been sold, (2) the date which is one year from this offering being qualified by the Commission, or (3) the date at which the offering is earlier terminated by us in our sole discretion. We are conducting this offering on a best-efforts basis without any minimum target. We may undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis. After each closing, funds tendered by investors will be available to the company.
GENERALLY NO SALE MAY BE MADE TO YOU IN THIS OFFERING IF THE AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE YOU PAY IS MORE THAN 10% OF THE GREATER OF YOUR ANNUAL INCOME OR NET WORTH. DIFFERENT RULES APPLY TO ACCREDITED INVESTORS AND NON-NATURAL PERSONS. BEFORE MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION THAT YOUR INVESTMENT DOES NOT EXCEED APPLICABLE THRESHOLDS, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REVIEW RULE 251(d)(2)(i)(C) OF REGULATION A. FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ON INVESTING, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REFER TO www.investor.gov.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock or preferred stock. We do not currently have plans to list our common stock or preferred stock on any securities market.
Investing in our Series B Preferred Stock involves risk. See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 4 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Series B Preferred Stock.
THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL OF ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
We are following the “Offering Circular” format of disclosure under Regulation A.
SocialBluebook® is a registered trademark of New Media Trader, Inc.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This offering statement contains forward-looking statements, which include information concerning our liquidity and our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business strategies. These statements often include words such as “believe,” “expect,” “project,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “target,” “seek,” “will,” “may,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “forecasts,” “more,” “goal,” or similar expressions. The statements are based on assumptions that we have made, based on our experience in the industry as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments, and other factors we think are appropriate. We believe these judgments are reasonable. However, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. Our actual results could differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements.
There are a number of risks, uncertainties, and other important factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this offering statement. Such risks, uncertainties, and other important factors include, among others, the risks, uncertainties, and factors set forth below under “Risk Factors,” “Use of Intended Proceeds” and “Financial Condition.”
We urge you to read this offering statement, including the uncertainties and factors discussed under “Risk Factors,” completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from expectations. All forward-looking statements made in this offering statement are qualified by these cautionary statements. The forward looking statements contained in this offering statement speak only as of the date of this offering statement. We undertake no obligation, other than as may be required by law, to update or revise any forward-looking or cautionary statements to reflect changes in assumptions, the occurrence of events, unanticipated or otherwise, or changes in future operating results over time or otherwise.
This summary highlights information contained in this Offering Circular and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our Series B Preferred Stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the information in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
The Company
Social Bluebook® provides social media content creators with online tools they can use to calculate their worth to advertisers. Marketing professionals are just now realizing there is value to teaming up with online video personalities who are drawing viewers with the content they post on platforms like YouTube and Instagram. This is especially true now that so many Web surfers are using ad-blocking software, making the traditional pop-up and banner ads ineffective.
But both the advertisers and the content creators don’t always know how to express that value in dollars and cents. Just how much should a popular content creator charge for discussing a product or service? How does a brand select the right social-media star to talk about its product and how much should it pay this new kind of market influencer?
This is where our flagship product Social Bluebook® comes in. It simplifies and streamlines the process of executing influencer marketing for both advertisers and online content creators. Content creators connect their social media platforms to our assessment tools, and the application uses a proprietary algorithm that produces a money amount that both advertisers and creators can use as a starting point for negotiating a price. The app uses data including audience demographics, level of reach and engagement and digital reach to calculate a creator’s worth. This provides the two parties (content creators and advertisers) to a promotion transaction with a documented basis for advertising rate negotiations.
Content creators don’t pay a thing to use Social Bluebook’s® tools. Advertisers pay Social Bluebook® a set percentage of the fee they negotiate with content creators.
Social Bluebook® was started by creators for creators to bring transparency to the online marketplace. It was designed to simplify and streamline the process of executing influencer marketing for both advertisers and online content creators. Social Bluebook’s® goal is to help social media influencers make the money they deserve so they can do what they love.
| 1 |
Growth Opportunity
Influencer marketing is taking a leading role in how marketers create public awareness of their companies’ products and services and convert prospects into customers. The timing of our entry into the online marketplace is opportune as marketing firms are just discovering that the traditional “ad-buy” media placement of their advertising is being superseded by product placement and endorsements. This transition has been forecast for at least several decades, but the combination of technologies, mobile applications, and consumer preferences have converged to drive the promotion of products and services to social media platforms.
This shift is due to two factors:
| ● | The increasing volume of consumers who consume their entertainment and information content through Internet links (social media, Netflix, etc.); and, |
| ● | The fact that the Internet is digital content dominated by software, including products that block ads. |
Traditional advertising attempted to migrate to the Internet through pop-up ads and click revenue models, but by 2015 many traditional ads on the Internet were blocked by anti-advertising software. According to an industry report by Page Fair, the estimated loss of global ad revenue in 2015 due to ad-blocking software was $21.8 billion. This has advanced the opportunity for “product placement” with social media influencers to become the preferred mode of 21st Century marketing.
Social media influencers are people who create and/or distribute content via social media and the Internet and who have attracted a loyal and sizable following. Their content affects how their “followers” and “connections” perceive the world, and it influences them to take action, such as purchasing a product or service.
Social media influencer marketing is unique in that not only does the content creator develop content that allows for easy and seamless integration of the product placement/advertisement, but oftentimes consumers tune in specifically to hear/see what the influencer has to say about a particular product. This marketing technique is non-intrusive and results in a quasi-endorsement of the product or service. Influencer marketing is not about the message from the brand; it's about the passion the influencers feel for the brands they use that they convey to their followers.
In 2015, the influencer marketing agency Mediakix estimated the advertising spend in influencer marketing at $500 million. Furthermore it projects the influencer marketing space to increase to $5 billion to $10 billion by 2020. Advertisers are recognizing the power and the cost-effectiveness of using social media influencer marketing over other marketing techniques. Social Bluebook Marketplace™ is the conduit through which advertisers and influencers meet, communicate and collaborate on product placement opportunities. We are harnessing the power of this new paradigm, wherein the creators’ content, demographic reach, and passion is married to the advertisers’ products or services to create a more personal, directed, and relatable marketing message for the consumer.
For advertisers, influencer marketing can be key to boosting sales and overall marketing results. Whether they are trying to build brand awareness or promote a product, utilizing creators helps to engage a specific target audience drawn in by unique, customized and engaging content.
| 2 |
The Offering
Securities offered: Maximum of [ ] shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Offering price: $[ ] per share of Series B Preferred Stock
Minimum investment amount: $[ ]
Terms of the securities:
The Series B Preferred Stock has the rights and privileges set forth in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time. These rights include preference over the Company’s Common Stock with respect to distribution of dividends and distribution of proceeds in the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our business, as further described below. Holders of the Series B Preferred stock will have the right to convert their shares to common stock at any time, and will be automatically converted to common stock upon the closing of a firm-commitment underwritten registered public offering of our common stock as described in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The conversion rate may change from time to time if we complete a stock split, reorganization, recapitalization, or the like, but the initial conversion rate will be one-to-one. The conversion rate of the Series B Preferred Stock will not be adjusted as a result of future issuances of our capital stock below the offering price of the Series B Preferred Stock.
The Series B Preferred Stock are non-voting except as required by law. Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock will be bound by the Subscription Agreement, which includes certain representations and warranties to be made by the Investor, indemnification obligations in the event the Investor makes any false representation or warranty or fails to comply with any covenant in the Subscription Agreement or related documents, a drag-along obligation in the event of a sale of the Company, pursuant to which the Investor agrees to support a sale of the Company, a market stand-off agreement, pursuant to which the Investor may not transfer shares for a 180-day period following an initial public offering, and certain conditions to transfer of the shares, including agreement of the transferee to be bound by the terms of the Subscription Agreement.
In addition, the shares are subject to certain restrictions on transferability pursuant to the securities laws. The Company may require an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such offer, sale or transfer complies with the Securities Act of 1933 and any applicable state securities laws.
In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of our Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of the common stock, an amount per share equal to the price per share in this offering (subject to adjustment for stock splits, reorganizations, and the like). If the assets of the Company are insufficient to pay all holders of Series B Preferred Stock, amounts distributed will be reduced pro rata in proportion to the amounts each holder of Series B Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled.
Holders of our Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. Series B Preferred Stock will receive dividends, if any, in preference to the holders of common stock. We have never declared or paid cash dividends on any of our capital stock and currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after this offering or in the foreseeable future. Holders of Series B Preferred Stock do not, by virtue thereof, have any rights of first offer with respect to future issuances of Company capital stock, rights to require the Company to redeem the Series B Preferred Stock, rights to demand registration of the Series B Preferred Stock, or rights to receive certain information described in the Company’s Investors’ Rights Agreement. Certain, but not all, of the foregoing rights are provided to certain holders of Series A Preferred Stock.
See “Securities being Offered – Series B Preferred Stock.”
| 3 |
Investing in our Series B Preferred Stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information contained in this offering statement, including “Financial Condition,” and our financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this offering statement, before you decide whether to purchase our Series B Preferred Stock. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. The occurrence of any of the following risks or future or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Risks Relating to Our Business
We are a development-stage Company with limited operating history, minimal operating capital, no significant assets and without significant revenue from operations. Our auditor has issued a going concern opinion; our growth plans depend on our ability to raise investment capital in the future.
We have a history of accumulated deficits from operating losses that may continue into the foreseeable future. Our auditor has issued a “going concern” opinion on the Company’s financial statements. The Company lacks liquidity to satisfy obligations as they come due. Startups often depend on raising several rounds of additional capital until they’re profitable. We have minimal operating capital and for the foreseeable future we will be dependent upon our ability to finance our operations from the sale of additional equity or other financing alternatives. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully raise operating capital. The failure to successfully raise operating capital could result in our bankruptcy or other event which would have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders. We have no significant assets or financial resources, so the failure to raise sufficient operating capital could put your investment dollars at significant risk.
We have not yet developed any significant revenues from our business model, and they may not successfully materialize.
We have not yet developed any significant revenue streams. To date, our revenue in 2015 of $40,000 was derived from a one-time project to locate influencers to promote our customer’s application.
We may not be able to commercialize our advertising business model and scale it effectively. In addition, prevailing rates for advertising may fluctuate in ways that are unfavorable to us. Moreover, we may not be successful in acquiring new advertisers. The other revenue streams we anticipate developing, including subscription services, are yet to be developed and are uncertain in their timing and size.
| 4 |
We have incurred significant losses since our inception, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses in the future.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, we reported a net loss of $(844,479). We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase as we continue to seek to grow our audience and operations. The size and duration of our future losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and revenues. In addition, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect the timing of our financial and operating expectations. Even if we are able to grow our revenues, this may not occur quickly enough to sustain our operations.
A large portion of our projected revenue would be generated from fees we generate on advertising. We may be unable to attract or retain advertisers, which could adversely affect our future revenue. Additionally, even if we are successful in retaining advertisers, our future advertising revenue is likely to be affected by numerous factors, including economic conditions, audience fragmentation and evolving digital advertising market dynamics.
Our success depends on our ability to develop, maintain and expand our relationships with advertisers, advertising exchanges and advertising agencies. The relationship building process can take many months and we may be unsuccessful at winning business with any given advertiser or agency. We may invest significant resources in developing relationships with advertisers and still be unsuccessful at obtaining their business or only succeed in obtaining short-term commitments from them. Our business model is relatively new and we are often required to spend substantial time and effort educating potential advertisers, publishers and content providers about our solutions, including providing demonstrations. If we are not successful in attracting and maintaining relationships with advertisers and increasing the efficiency and rates of return from our sales processes, our business may be adversely affected.
We currently serve an already crowded influencer marketplace industry with new entrants joining regularly, and challenges are created by the need to identify new entrants continuously, while also managing a rapidly growing client-base.
The influencer marketplace industry is highly competitive. Our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do. Heightened competition, significant pricing initiatives or discount programs established by competitors or new entrants could create additional competitive pressures that reduce margins and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. See, Risks related to the influencer marketplace industry.
We are dependent on creators’ ability to attract and influence audiences through social media platforms, and any material disruptions or impairments in their ability to use social media platforms would adversely affect our business.
Our creators use a number of social media platforms. We are dependent on our creators access to all of these social media platforms to develop audiences, and we control none of these platforms. If there are any material disruptions in creators’ ability to promote on such platforms, or if we are materially impaired in our ability to use data from any such platforms or to measure the effectiveness of the creators, then our business could be materially adversely affected.
| 5 |
We must continue to attract and retain both creators and advertisers in order for our business to be successful.
Our business is equally dependent upon two groups of people: those who create content and want to make it available to advertisers and advertisers who desire to use creators’ social platforms to promote products and services. Our business cannot be successful – cannot operate – if we have one group but not the other. In addition, the numbers of creators and users each must continue to grow or our business could suffer. If the number of creators does not grow, we may not be able to attract large numbers of advertisers and encourage them to use and continue to use our analytic tools to find suitable creators. If the number of advertisers does not grow, we may not be able to attract and retain large numbers of creators.
No major barriers, other than our proprietary technology, exist for potential competitors to enter this marketplace, and if we fail to protect our intellectual property, our business could be harmed. There may be other algorithms in the future that can service the market as well or better than ours.
The barriers are relatively low for creating a platform such as ours that matches influencers with advertisers and that, along with the potentially huge market for advertising, could add to the competition we face. New competitors could have the ability to raise large amounts of money, and through ambitious marketing could surpass our brand awareness. Our competitive edge could be affected by the competition’s pricing strategies, the amount of resources they devote to marketing efforts, the public’s awareness of their brands and their quicker response to advances in technology.
We make a significant effort to protect our intellectual property rights including our trade secrets, trademarks, copyright and those rights pertaining to our search algorithms. Even with our efforts to protect our rights, there is a possibility that parties lacking authorization will attempt to copy our intellectual property and use our trade secrets. If that should happen, our business could be harmed. In addition, we may be forced into litigation, which often is expensive and time-consuming, to protect our trade-secret rights. The outcome of such litigation could have a negative impact on our competitive position.
We hold trademarks for our brand names and own our Internet domain name. Any unauthorized use of those names or challenges to our rights to them could affect our business.
We have registered the name “Social Bluebook” as a trademark in the United States. Even so, our competitors could choose to use our names or purchase rights to names similar to ours as Internet search terms, which could cause confusion for the public and interfere with our efforts to build our brand. There also is the possibility that owners of other trademarks with elements similar to our name could make infringement claims against us, which could harm our reputation and affect our business.
| 6 |
Our goal of generating a greater percentage of our revenue from large advertisers could require more resources to provide the services required, which could increase our operating costs and hurt our business.
Part of our growth strategy is to focus on attracting larger companies that have advertising needs. Historically most of our revenue has come from medium- and small-sized companies. By working with larger companies, we may face increased service requirements, greater indemnification requirements, more intense pricing pressure, and the need for additional working capital to accommodate the larger receivables and collections issues that are likely to occur as a result of being paid on credit terms. If we are unable to adequately address those demands, it may affect our ability to work with greater numbers of large companies, which may adversely affect our results of operations and future growth.
We may not be able to increase the awareness of our brand in the marketplace as quickly or as effectively as is necessary to insure revenue growth.
To increase revenues we must attract creators who have large social platforms. To accomplish this, we must increase our visibility in the marketplace. Potential creators and advertisers must be aware we exist and be able to find us. We need to demonstrate how our website can be useful to them. That could require us to devote more resources to marketing efforts, including advertising and other expenses, to build public awareness of our brand.
Even with an enhanced marketing effort, there is no guarantee that we will be able to increase the number of new visitors to our website and in turn, convert them into registered users or paying customers. Any number of conditions could affect the success of our marketing efforts, including a poorly executed campaign, the failure to expand our creator base to keep advertisers coming back for more, or an inability to keep up with new technologies, which could have a negative impact on user experience with our website and adversely affect our results of operations and future growth.
If we do not successfully integrate past or potential future acquisitions, our business could be adversely affected.
We may pursue acquisitions in the future to enhance our business offerings. The benefits resulting from an acquisition could take a significant amount of time to – or may never – emerge. Future acquisitions or investments could result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, use of large amounts of cash or incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses. Any of these could adversely affect our financial condition.
In addition, integration of a new company's operations, assets and personnel with ours could consume a considerable amount of management’s time. There are other potential risks associated with acquisitions, including outstanding, unforeseen or hidden liabilities, information security weaknesses, inability to generate revenue to offset the cost of acquiring a company, and the potential for losing or harming relationships with our customers, suppliers and employees.
The threat of unauthorized use of our platform is a source of lost revenue.
Although we seek to limit by contract an advertiser’s ability to circumvent us in transacting with creators who we introduce, such conduct can’t always be effectively enforced. Therefore there is always the threat of advertisers circumventing us by transacting directly with creators after meeting them through our platform without authorization and without paying our fees. We cannot guarantee this won’t happen and if it does, it equates to money lost.
| 7 |
Any third-party claims of infringement or other intellectual property rights violations could be costly and could substantially hurt our business.
Third parties may in the future assert that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated their intellectual property rights, and as we face increasing competition, the possibility of intellectual property rights claims against us grows. Existing laws and regulations are evolving and subject to different interpretations, and new laws or regulations may be enacted. It is possible that we are or will be infringing on or violating third-party intellectual property rights or rights related to technology use.
It may be necessary to devote significant personnel time and financial resources to defending against infringement or misappropriation claims. If judgment is against us, we may be required to pay damages and attorneys’ fees; we may be ordered to cease making, licensing or using content that we infringed or misappropriated; we may be forced to expend additional development resources to redesign our technology; we may have to enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to use necessary technologies, content, or materials; and we may need to indemnify our partners and other third parties. Royalty or licensing agreements may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or not available at all.
We may need to raise additional capital in the future with no guarantee we will be able to do so on acceptable terms or at all.
We expect to continue to invest in our business to help it grow and we may require additional funds for such things as infrastructure and technology improvements, developing new features, adding to our personnel or acquiring a company. We may need to seek equity or debt financings. If either or both were to happen, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our preferred stock or common stock. Any future debt financing could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters. That could make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our business growth could suffer and our ability to respond to business challenges could be harmed.
If we experience significant growth and we fail to effectively manage it, our business and operating results may suffer.
If we experience significant growth, we will experience demands on our management and our operational and financial infrastructure that will require us to commit substantial financial, operational and technical resources to management. Continued growth could also strain our ability to maintain reliable operation of our online marketplaces for our content creators and advertisers, develop and improve our operational, financial and management controls, enhance our reporting systems and procedures and recruit, train and retain highly skilled personnel. If our operations grow, we will need to improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure, which will require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources. If we fail to allocate limited resources effectively in our organization as it grows, our business, operating results and financial condition will suffer.
| 8 |
Risks Related to the Influencer Marketplace Industry
Because the influencer marketplace industry is relatively new and constantly changing, it is difficult to project our performance and whether we will be successful.
Our operational history is limited and our business plan is based on assumptions about the influencer market that may or may not prove to be accurate. The demand by advertisers for product placement with social influencers may not be as significant as we think and may not have the growth potential we are forecasting. In addition, we may not be able to meet the needs of the evolving marketplace. For example, we may not be able to retain our existing advertiser customers and attract new ones, provide the type of influencer they demand or keep pace with technological advances required to accommodate and satisfy a growing content creator and advertiser base. Because of our relatively brief history, we cannot guarantee we will overcome all hurdles in our path and you should not look at our past growth achievements as indicators of future success.
Risks Related to Technology
We must insure that our website always provides for a positive user experience in order to encourage customer loyalty.
If we are unable to meet both our creators’ and advertisers’ expectations for using our website, our business could suffer. Advertisers must be able to search for and find the creator they are looking for. If we are unable to keep our search algorithms and our technology up-to-date and as effective or better than our competitors’ systems, we may not be able to retain our existing creators and advertisers or attract new ones.
We must routinely upgrade our technology to stay current and competitive in order to continue to grow.
To stay competitive, we must insure our technology infrastructure is up to date so that it functions without disruption and our website continues to have the features the market demands. For financial and other reasons, we may not be able to keep up with the pace of improvement enjoyed by our competitors and as a result, we may lose business. We currently do not have specific plans for any infrastructure upgrades that would require significant capital investment. In the future we will need to improve and upgrade our technology, database systems and network infrastructure in order to allow our business to grow in both size and scope.
| 9 |
We could be subject to hackers and other cyber-criminals despite our security measures, putting our customers’ private information at risk and exposing us to possible litigation and loss of reputation.
Although we do not store confidential payment information from our customers, we may not be able to prevent all cybercrime attacks. If our systems are invaded by hackers, viruses, malware or other attackers, confidential information could be misappropriated and our operations could be interrupted and violated. Our computer systems and data could be compromised without our being aware of it. The result could be expenditure of significant amounts of money to add protection against security breaches or to repair the damage done. In addition, if third-party services we use to conduct our business, like email, were interrupted or if they threatened confidential data, we could face expensive litigation. The result of serious security breaches could be the loss of business and loss of our reputation, which could affect our financial condition. We also could be found in violation of state, federal and international law, exposing us to fines, lawsuits, criminal penalties and other costs.
The technologies we depend on to secure the transmission of confidential information are licensed from third parties and could malfunction or could be breached. In addition, the vendors providing our co-location and cloud services may not have the capability to sufficiently prevent security breaches and other issues that could affect the integrity of information that is stored in and passed through their systems.
Risks Related to Our Employees
Our future success depends on our management team and our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel
Our future success largely depends on our founder and chief executive officer, Chad Sahley, who has extensive experience in leading the branding and production teams at Maker Studios, the world’s largest YouTube Multi-Channel Network (MCN) during the time he worked there. If he or other members of our management team, including technical and marketing personnel, were to leave Social BlueBook, we might not be able to find replacements who could implement our business strategy. This could have a material adverse impact on our business, our financial condition and results of operations. If any of our managers were to join or start a new, competing business, we could lose creators and advertisers. There could be costs involved in recruiting and retaining replacement personnel. We do not hold “key person” life insurance. We may not be able to attract additional employees we might need in the future in order to effectively manage and grow our Company, which would affect our success.
Failure to preserve our corporate culture as our Company grows could have an impact on our staff’s ability to remain innovative and work effectively as a team.
We have invested time and energy in developing a team of employees that values and encourages innovation and creativity. If we were to lose our Company culture as we are transformed into a public and growing Company, pursuit of our corporate objectives could be compromised and our business could suffer.
| 10 |
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock
No public trading market for our shares exists, and we do not have plans to apply for listing of our shares on any securities exchanges or online securities marketplaces. Consequently, it will be difficult for you to sell your shares and, if you are able to sell your shares, you will likely sell them at a substantial discount to the public offering price.
The shares offered hereby do not have any transfer restrictions. However, there is no public market for our Series B Preferred Stock or for our Common Stock, and we currently have no plans to list our shares on a stock exchange or other trading market. Until our shares are listed, if ever, you may not be able to sell your shares. If you are able to sell your shares, you would likely have to sell them in an illiquid market at a substantial discount to the price you paid for the shares in this offering. It is also likely that your shares would not be accepted as the primary collateral for a loan. Because of the illiquid nature of our shares, you should purchase our shares only as a long-term investment and be prepared to hold them for an indefinite period of time.
If we do not successfully implement a liquidity transaction, you may have to hold your investment for an indefinite period, and we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.
Our charter does not require our board of directors to pursue a liquidity transaction. Market conditions and other factors could cause us to avoid a liquidation or other type of liquidity transaction, such as a merger or sale of assets. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to liquidate all assets. If we do not pursue a liquidity transaction, or delay such a transaction due to market conditions, your shares may continue to be illiquid and you may, for an indefinite period of time, be unable to convert your investment to cash easily and you could suffer losses on your investment. In addition, we intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion, and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
Chad Sahley, our founder, and other significant investors controls approximately 57% of our outstanding shares of common stock, and this concentration of ownership may have an effect on transactions that are otherwise favorable to our stockholders.
When this offering is completed, our founder, Chad Sahley, will beneficially own approximately a significant percentage of our outstanding shares of common stock, making him our largest stockholder. As a result, Mr. Sahley will have the ability to influence control of the outcome of matters submitted for stockholder approval, including the election of directors. This concentration of ownership may impede a change in control, and could hold up decisions on some transactions when Mr. Sahley’s support is necessary, no matter the effect of the transactions on other stockholders.
| 11 |
After this offering is completed, we intend to raise additional capital by offering our common shares pursuant to recent amendments to the Securities Act of 1933 and new rules under Regulation A (“Regulation A+”) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to us will make our common shares less attractive to investors as compared to a traditional initial public offering.
If we are successful in raising additional capital under Regulation A+, we will be subject to scaled disclosure and reporting requirements, which may make an investment in our common shares less attractive to investors who are accustomed to enhanced disclosure and more frequent financial reporting. In addition, given the relative lack of regulatory precedence regarding the recent amendments to Regulation A, there is a significant amount of regulatory uncertainty in regards to how the SEC or the individual state securities agencies will regulate both the offer and sale of our securities, as well as any ongoing compliance that we may be subject to. If our scaled disclosure and reporting requirements, or regulatory uncertainty regarding Regulation A, reduces the attractiveness of our common shares, we may be unable to raise the funds necessary to grow our business, which could severely affect the value of our common shares.
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.
We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.
| 12 |
If you invest in shares of our Series B Preferred Stock in this offering, your investment will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the offering price per share of common stock and the net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of common stock is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per share attributable to the shares of common stock held by existing owners.
Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2015 was approximately $(335,348), or $(0.06) per share of common stock. We calculate net tangible book value per share by taking the amount of our total tangible assets, reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, and then dividing that amount by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding.
We calculate pro forma net tangible book value per share by taking the amount of our total tangible assets and then dividing that amount by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to (a) the conversion of 2,138,078 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 2,138,078 shares of common stock, (b) the conversion of $[ ] of principal and interest of our convertible promissory notes into [ ] shares of our common stock, and (c) the exercise of options excisable into [ ] shares of common stock.
The following table compares the price that new investors are paying for their shares with the effective cash price paid by existing shareholders, giving effect to our sale of the shares in this offering at an offering price of $[ ] per share, the full conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock, convertible notes, stock options, assuming the we sell in this offering 100%, 60%, and 15%, respectively, of the this offering, after deducting our estimated offering expenses of $[ ].
| 100% | 60% | 15% | ||||||||||
| Price per share to investors in this offering | ||||||||||||
| Net tangible book value per common share as of December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||
| Increase to net tangible book value after giving effect to the net proceeds in this offering | ||||||||||||
| Decrease to net tangible book value as of December 31, 2015 after giving effect to the pro forma adjustment discussed above | ||||||||||||
| Pro forma net tangible book value | ||||||||||||
| Increase in net tangible book value to existing investors | ||||||||||||
| Dilution per common share to new investors in this offering |
| 13 |
The following table summarizes, as of [ ], for each of the assumed subscription levels of approximately 100%, 60%, and 15% of this offering, the total number of shares of common stock that would be purchased in the offering, the total cash consideration that will be paid to us at those various subscription levels, and the average price per share that existing owners paid and the new investors will pay in this offering. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing owners paid.
| Shares Purchased | Total Consideration | Average Price Per Share | ||||||||||||||||||
| Assuming 100% of Shares Sold: | Number | Percentage | Amount | Percentage | ||||||||||||||||
| Existing Investors | ||||||||||||||||||||
| New Investors | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares Purchased | Total Consideration | Average Price Per Share | ||||||||||||||||||
| Assuming 60% of Shares Sold: | Number | Percentage | Amount | Percentage | ||||||||||||||||
| Existing Investors | ||||||||||||||||||||
| New Investors | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares Purchased | Total Consideration | Average Price Per Share | ||||||||||||||||||
| Assuming 15% of Shares Sold: | Number | Percentage | Amount | Percentage | ||||||||||||||||
| Existing Investors | ||||||||||||||||||||
| New Investors | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
The preceding dilution information is for illustration purposes only. If we grant options to our employees in the future and those options are exercised, there can be further dilution to the new investors in this offering.
| 14 |
We plan to use the proceeds of this offering for the following purposes:
| Strategic Acquisitions | 44 | % | ||
| Payroll Expenses | 31 | % | ||
| Marketing/Sales Expenses | 18 | % | ||
| Professional Service Fees | 5 | % | ||
| Working Capital | less than 3 | % |
Because the offering is a “best efforts” offering without a minimum offering amount, we may close the offering without sufficient funds for all the intended purposes set out in the preceding table. As a result, we have developed contingency plans to address varying amounts of net cash proceeds we receive from this offering. We have developed alternate plans for scenarios of raising less than the full $12,000,000 offered,, specifically, approximately 15% subscription and 60% subscription cases.
We intend to use the first $1,500,000 in net offering proceeds for the following prioritized purposes:
| ● | Professional Service Fees: We will incur professional fees including legal, accounting, and other consulting. | |
| ● | Marketing/Sales Expenses: We will incur monthly advertising expenses, which includes marketing and promotion for on-boarding our two types of users, creators and advertisers. Funds will be budgeted for the executive team and select employees to attend and sponsor strategic social media conferences like Playlist Live, Vidcon, and Buffer festival. We intend to launch targeted influencer marketing campaigns brokered and managed through Social Bluebook to raise product awareness. Marketing budget will be allocated for general press outreach and major public announcements. |
| ● | Payroll Expenses: We will hire more programmers, graphic designers, QA, customer support, office space, sales team, and marketing. |
| ● | Strategic Acquisitions: We will pursue select acquisitions on a delayed timeline and with terms biased to earn-out provisions and stock for the acquisitions. |
Mid-Level Subscription Scenario: If we are successful in receiving a mid-level subscription to the offering,, we will seek as potential acquisition candidates companies that are focused on data aggregation and performance analytics, as we believe these companies will seek to avail themselves of both our user-base and our proprietary platform. Any acquisitions we pursue under this scenario will be targeted for their ability to expand the Social Bluebook® user-base, as well as enhance our product offering. Consequently, if we raise approximately $6,500,000 net proceeds, we intend to use these capital proceeds of the offering for the following additional purposes:
| ● | Strategic Acquisitions: We will use a greater proportion of cash resources to negotiate the acquisition(s) in order to obtain a better price point. Moreover, we will accelerate progress toward a second and perhaps third acquisition sooner than we would have under the minimum scenario. |
| ● | Property and Equipment Expenses: We will incur an increase in such expenses, as we have minimum expenses related to office leasing improvements, office furniture, employee computers and equipment, utilities, etc. The Company will incur rent expense in its current space, as well as additional expense as it expands to new office space. |
We may change the amount and the intended uses of proceeds based on the net amount of new capital raised in this offering and based on unforeseen circumstances following the closing of this offering.
| 15 |
New Media Trader, Inc., is a Delaware corporation founded in 2014 to provide robust online software tools that help answer the very pertinent Internet marketing question, “What is a social media influencer’s value to advertisers and how do you express that in dollars and cents?” In other words, what is access to that influencer’s audience worth to a brand and what should a creator of social-media content on platforms like YouTube charge to promote a product to his/her followers?
Unlike with old-school media like television and newspapers, there is no known standard advertising-rate formula in use in the wild west of Internet content. Our Social Bluebook® web application, launched in May 2015, was designed to provide a negotiation starting point for both the online influencer and the brand that covets the influencer’s following. It allows content creators and brands to broker deals directly without intermediation of expensive third parties, like talent networks or agencies. Our management believes that the proprietary Social Bluebook® valuation tools are on their way to becoming a standard for valuing and accelerating transactions between creative content owners and advertisers.
Social Bluebook® simplifies and streamlines the process of executing influencer marketing for both advertisers and online content creators.
Content creators connect their social media platforms to our assessment tools, and Social Bluebook’s® proprietary algorithms calculate a dollar value for each platform based on audience reach and engagement. This provides the two parties to a promotion transaction with a documented basis for advertising rate negotiations.
Soon, advertisers will have their own tool, called Social Bluebook Marketplace™. We released the “beta” version of the Marketplace application in May 2016. Free to sign up, advertisers can search through the Social Bluebook® database of creators and learn what each charges (based on Social Bluebook® algorithms) for promoting products on social media. When brands and advertising agencies locate content creators on the Social Bluebook® site that are of interest to them, they then can use our portal to invite the creator to participate in their marketing campaigns.
Social Bluebook® currently is the fastest growing influencer marketplace in our business sector. According to our internal reporting, we have attained more than 50,000 creator platforms with a reach of more than 3.4 billion followers within 18 months of the app’s launch.
The advertisers involved in the Social Bluebook Marketplace™ have estimated that by using the system to value and negotiate product placements, they have saved many thousands of dollars monthly per transaction in labor and other costs with an overall improved result. For example, in a Yahoo Finance article, Travis Chambers of Chamber Media stated, “Social Bluebook® Search has literally cut our labor costs by 80 percent and dramatically improved our selection process of influencers.”
| 16 |
Product Description, Features and Functions
Social Bluebook® is a web-based application with responsive design for mobile devices. Creators and advertisers each have their own interface with features and functions that are exclusive to their respective user experience. Social Bluebook® currently supports social media platforms YouTube, Instagram, Facebook, Vine, Twitter, and blogs.
For Content Creators
Social Bluebook’s® platform has been designed primarily from the perspective of content creators and their needs. We know that many (perhaps most) creators currently are hesitant to transform their social media content into a business. Many who make that leap discover quickly that their content and access to their online influence are highly desired by advertisers. However, most creators don’t understand their value and are intimidated by negotiations and contracts. Creators often ask, “What is the value of my content to an advertiser?” or, “What do I need to know to negotiate a brand sponsorship?”
The tools and products that Social Bluebook® is developing are designed to answer these and similar questions as well as simplify and streamline the ad placement process as much as possible to show creators that they really can do it themselves. Social Bluebook’s® software educates and empowers creators so that they can make creating content on social media their full-time job.
There is no charge for creators to use Social Bluebook® for the following purposes:
| ● | Calculate monetary value: Upon registration on the Social Bluebook® website, content creators are prompted to connect each of their social media platforms to the Social Bluebook® application and Social Bluebook® will calculate a suggested ad rate for each platform that can be used as a starting point in negotiations with an advertiser. In addition to a suggested ad rate, creators also will see displays of important statistics that are taken into account when their value is calculated. For instance, the app displays total followers, average viewership per upload, and comments and likes per upload. The app even displays audience demographics if supported by the social platform’s application program interface, or API. |
| ● | Send quotes: If an advertiser approaches a content creator outside of Social Bluebook®, the creator can respond by directing the app to forward a verified ad-rate quote to the advertiser for product placement on one or more social media platforms hosting the creator’s work. The app then will email a link to the advertiser. Upon selecting the link, the advertiser will be able to see that content creator’s Social Bluebook®-suggested ad rates, statistical data, and audience demographics. |
| 17 |
| ● | Receive offers and negotiate terms: Creators can receive sponsorship opportunities via the Social Bluebook® platform from verified advertisers. Each offer specifies the name of the advertiser, the campaign name and concept, the compensation amount, required deliverables (what the creator is expected to do) and so forth. Terms such as budget, upload dates and other details can be negotiated back and forth via counter offers until the creator and advertiser come to an agreement. Each time an offer or counter offer is made the recipient receives an email or text notification. Both users also are alerted within their respective campaign management dashboards and to-do lists on the Social Bluebook® website. |
| ● | Manage deliverables: Once a creator and advertiser have come to terms on a deal, the creator is notified that he/she has deliverables to complete. Within the deliverables menu on the Social Bluebook® website, creators can keep track of all their campaigns and respective deliverables as well as receive email alerts when deadlines are approaching. When a deliverable is due, a creator can upload a URL link to the social media post allowing the advertiser to verify that the deliverable is indeed complete. |
| ● | Receive payment: Upon completion of deliverables, creators receive an auto-populated invoice (generated by Social Bluebook®) to send to the advertiser. Creators can track the status of receiving their payment. They can opt to be paid through direct deposit, check, or PayPal. |
For Advertisers
Online influencer marketing campaigns can be extremely difficult to manage and execute. These campaigns involve entering into a service contract with one or more individuals. That is not quite as simple as going to Google Adwords and dumping an entire campaign budget there.
One of the biggest challenges facing brands and ad agencies is connecting with the right creators for their influencer marketing campaigns. And assuming they are able to find the right vehicle for their ads, the campaigns often get very complex very quickly. Some influencer campaigns may involve multiple creators, each of whom must be contacted on a regular basis (likely via email) in order to negotiate terms of an agreement, ink contracts, verify that the creator did in fact execute on the agreed terms, collect W-9 forms and invoices, and finally make payment to each creator individually. Hours upon hours of an advertiser’s time is sucked up every month managing each of these essential but burdensome tasks.
Once it is finalized, Social Bluebook’s® new advertiser interface, called Marketplace, will simplify and streamline the process of executing an influencer marketing campaign. It allows small agencies and brands to execute the type of campaigns that historically only the “big boys” with a considerable amount of manpower could manage. Advertisers can use Social Bluebook Marketplace™ to search for creators of interest, make them offers, negotiate terms, manage deliverables, receive invoices, and with a single click, make payment to each participating creator. Social Bluebook Marketplace’s™ features have the potential for saving advertisers significant money that would have been spent on staffing resources.
| 18 |
Currently there is no charge for advertisers to use Social Bluebook Marketplace™ for the following purposes:
| ● | Creator search: When a creator registers and connects a social media platform to Social Bluebook®, we capture and store the data being pulled from the platform’s API. This allows us to offer advertisers a powerful tool for finding the right creator for their marketing campaign. Social Bluebook® collects data from each of its registered creators, such as subscribership, average viewership, watch time, number of likes and comments, and gender and age audience demographics. We take this information and display it to advertisers in a searchable database. What makes our search feature exceptionally powerful is its ability to apply many filters at once. As a result, an advertiser, for example, could look for a content creator on YouTube who has a dog and reaches a highly engaged female audience ages 21 to 32. |
| ● | Make offers and negotiate: An advertiser using Social Bluebook Marketplace™ to add a social media component to a marketing campaign can begin the negotiation process in one of two ways. If an advertiser simply wants to assess a particular creator’s interest and availability, he/she can use our time-saving “gauge interest” feature. If an advertiser already knows the creator he/she wishes to work with is interested and available, then he/she can advance directly to the formal offer stage. Terms such as budget, upload dates, payment terms, and other details can be negotiated within the Social Bluebook® interface until the advertiser and creator come to an agreement. Each time an offer or counter offer is made, the recipient is notified via an email or text message. Both users also are alerted within their respective campaign management dashboards and to-do lists on the Social Bluebook® website. |
| ● | Managing campaign deliverables: Advertisers can manage all of their campaigns and all of the creators within each of those campaigns from the campaign management dashboard assigned to them on the Social Bluebook® website. The dashboard offers a “control tower” view into each campaign, including details such as a list of all the participating creators and at what stage each has reached in the process -- still in negotiations, submitting deliverables, ready for payment. The dashboard is updated in real time to indicate the latest action items to be completed. When a deliverable is due, creators will send the advertiser a URL link to the live social-media post, allowing the advertiser to verify that the deliverable indeed has been executed. If acceptable, the advertiser can approve the deliverable, which notifies the creator to send an invoice for payment. |
Upon completion of deliverables, creators will submit a pre-populated invoice to the advertiser via Social Bluebook® for the services rendered. An advertiser can track the status of which creators have been paid and the amounts still outstanding. Social Bluebook Marketplace™ provides an automated credit-card-based payment system through third-party vendors. Social Bluebook® is only a facilitator to this transaction and doesn't touch the money that is sent by the advertiser to the creator.
| 19 |
Pricing
We have built Social Bluebook’s® revenue model around an assessed 12.5 percent transaction fee only for successful campaigns executed through the system. The fee is an add-on to what an advertiser pays a content creator. Creators pay nothing for using our services.
We do plan to offer a prepaid annual subscription option for those high-volume advertisers interested in paying a lower transaction fee.
We also offer a white label service for advertisers requiring hands-on assistance with executing an influencer marketing campaign. The service is offered by a team of Social Bluebook® account managers that works with both the advertisers and creators to insure a successful campaign. A member of our account management team will engage with the advertiser to help define campaign goals, requirements, and budget. With a contract in place, the account manager will contact and negotiate with the creators approved by the advertiser. We will sign contracts with each of the interested creators to render services for the campaign promotion (i.e. upload YouTube video, Instagram photo, etc.). Upon delivery of services from the contracted creators, the advertiser will issue payment to us. We take a 25 percent commission fee from the overall campaign budget and the remaining amount is paid out to the creators based upon the amounts negotiated in their individual contracts.
Social Media Influencer Marketing Industry
Influencer marketing is taking a leading role in how marketers create public awareness of their companies’ products and services and convert prospects into customers. The timing of our entry into the online marketplace is opportune as marketing firms are just discovering that the traditional “ad-buy” media placement of their advertising is being superseded by product placement and endorsements. This transition has been forecast for at least several decades, but the combination of technologies, mobile applications, and consumer preferences have converged to drive the promotion of products and services to social media platforms.
The shift is due to two factors:
| ● | The increasing volume of consumers who consume their entertainment and information content through Internet links (social media, Netflix, etc.); and, |
| ● | The fact that the Internet is digital content dominated by software, including products that block ads. |
Traditional advertising attempted to migrate to the Internet through pop-up ads and click revenue models, but by 2015 many traditional ads on the Internet were blocked by anti-advertising software. According to an industry report by Page Fair, the estimated loss of global ad revenue in 2015 due to ad-blocking software was $21.8 billion. This has advanced the opportunity for “product placement” with social media influencers to become the preferred mode of 21st Century marketing.
Social media influencers are people who create and/or distribute content via social media and the Internet and who have attracted a loyal and sizable following. Their content affects how their “followers” and “connections” perceive the world, and it influences them to take action, such as purchasing a product or service.
| 20 |
Social media influencer marketing is unique in that not only does the content creator develop content that allows for easy and seamless integration of the product placement/advertisement, but oftentimes consumers tune in specifically to hear/see what the influencer has to say about a particular product. This marketing technique is non-intrusive and results in a quasi-endorsement of the product or service. Influencer marketing is not about the message from the brand; it's about the passion the influencers feel for the brands they use that they convey to their followers.
In 2015, Mediakix estimated the advertising spend in influencer marketing at $500 million. Furthermore it projects the influencer marketing space to increase to $5 billion to $10 billion by 2020. Advertisers are recognizing the power and the cost-effectiveness of using social media influencer marketing over other marketing techniques. Social Bluebook Marketplace™ is the conduit through which advertisers and influencers meet, communicate and collaborate on product placement opportunities. We are harnessing the power of this new paradigm, wherein the creators’ content, demographic reach, and passion is married to the advertisers’ products or services to create a more personal, directed, and relatable marketing message for the consumer.
For advertisers, influencer marketing can be key to boosting sales and overall marketing results. Whether they are trying to build brand awareness or promote a product, utilizing creators helps to engage a specific target audience drawn in by unique, customized and engaging content.
Social Bluebook Marketplace’s™ Targeted Market
The Internet is a giant town square filled with conversations about all manner of products and services. At this point in our development, we have chosen to whittle the digital world down and focus on three key market segments: Gaming, Fashion, and Family Consumer Products. We are pinpointing advertisers that want to reach consumers interested in what these segments have to offer, described here:
| ● | Gaming: This market segment can be defined as the development, marketing, and sales of online video games as well as products and services associated with those games. Many online video games allow consumers an immediate and constant stream of communication via texting, video and/or social applications. Such communication between consumers opens the door for content creators with large audiences to endorse products or services they enjoy. For example, there are many content creators on YouTube who record their gameplay and then upload that gameplay to their YouTube channel for their audience to view. This offers great potential for advertisers to hire a content creator to speak about a relevant product or service while that content creator is playing a video game. | |
| ● | Fashion: This market segment can be defined as the popular styles and practices related to clothing, footwear, accessories, makeup, body, or furniture. The beauty and cosmetics industry in particular lends itself very well to the practice of influencer marketing as many consumers would prefer a recommendation or product review from a peer before purchasing. Additionally content creators in many cases offer low-cost opportunities for creating or continuing fashion trends through their own social media channels. According to a new study published by the Fashion and Beauty Monitor that polled more than 300 marketing professionals in both industries, U.S.- and U.K.-based companies see influencer marketing as such a crucial advertising tool that budgets dedicated to it are projected to increase a whopping 59 percent in 2016. |
| 21 |
| ● | Family consumer products: This market segment can be defined as products or services that enhance one’s day-to-day lifestyle and that are appealing to a family household. Products within this segment typically get used up quickly and replaced frequently. This could include but is not limited to food and beverages, cleaning products, toiletries, etc. Influencer marketing provides tremendous potential here as many products in the space rely upon brand awareness and strong consumer loyalty. An excellent place to start for advertisers is by locating content creators who are already naturally advocating for brands they trust. |
To a degree, the size of the advertiser is less relevant to our business model than the need for advertisers to understand the value proposition that content creators bring to products or services in terms of market growth and/or penetration. We believe advertisers that either have discovered the value of influencer marketing only recently or are frustrated by their current marketing strategies are the best candidates for our product offering. Advertisers that just are realizing the potential value of influence marketing will find the Social Bluebook® platform an easy and affordable entry point into the new-media-dominated world. Conversely, advertisers that either have stale strategies that don’t include social media content creators or that have not achieved their goals with their current campaigns will discover that Social Bluebook’s® platform provides them with an efficient “menu” of options and guidance toward effectively realizing the success they have been seeking.
Growth Strategy
The key to our success is getting agencies and brands accustomed to Social Bluebook® as the de facto go-to standard for gaining access to the social media content creators they need for their online advertising campaigns. One of our strongest competitive advantages is the relationships we have with the creator community and our success in continuing to forge those positive relationships. We’ve built our relationships by offering services that educate the creator community on how to be responsive, respectful, and strategic in working with advertisers.
We require a marketing strategy for attracting both creators and advertisers. Up until now, we have focused our efforts on creators. As a side benefit, that has resulted in substantial awareness of and interest in Social Bluebook® within the advertising community as well. In the near future, we plan to design a marketing plan aimed specifically at advertisers. That may include traditional marketing methods to attract the larger more established brands and agencies. We may employ tactics such as communicating with them through the print and broadcast media, direct mail, and telephone advertising.
| 22 |
Our strategy for attracting creators has been based in part on the marketing success our executives enjoyed with a past endeavor. They were able to attract YouTube creators to join Maker Studios, which at that time was the largest Multi-Channel Network on YouTube, because that was the home of some of the most influential YouTube creators in the world. Creators who were just getting started flocked to Maker Studios to join the network that their favorite YouTube stars helped organize. We have the same overall messaging and marketing strategy for Social Bluebook®. Because we have the backing and trust of the larger more influential creators, the smaller creators now trust our brand and, specifically, our valuation metrics. Key to our explosive growth has been word-of-mouth referrals within the creator community.
We employ a three pillar marketing strategy that includes digital acquisition, public relations, and customer retention.
| ● | Digital acquisition: We utilize our own proprietary Social Bluebook Marketplace™ platform to spread awareness about product offerings and drive customer acquisition of content creator users. |
| ● | Public relations: We will write, edit, and distribute at least one press release on a frequent schedule depending on available news angles to drive customer acquisition of advertiser users. |
| ● | Customer activation and retention: We continue to refine our customer acquisition funnel with rigorous A/B testing of customer emails, landing page layout, and design of various platforms. We also keep our customers active by engaging them through entertaining emails, social media posts, blog posts, customer service, and similar methods of outreach. |
Competition
The social media influencer community is a dynamic and rapidly expanding marketplace with companies in direct and indirect competition with us, such as IZEA. Most of our competitors appear to be focused only on outreach to brands (advertisers), offering services to help them to identify and contact creators of digital content. That contrasts with our core philosophy, “Content Creator First.” Consequently, we have built the Social Bluebook® platform to not only be easy for content creators to use, but also to give them additional information to substantiate their value. We will continue to focus on the content creator community and will provide tools to educate, connect, and encourage collaboration with advertisers and other content creators.
| 23 |
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
Overview
Our flagship product Social Bluebook® simplifies and streamlines the process of executing influencer marketing for both advertisers and online content creators. Content creators connect their social media platforms to our assessment tools, and Social Bluebook®’s proprietary algorithms calculate a suggested dollar value for each platform based upon audience reach and engagement. This provides the two parties (content creators and advertisers) to a promotion transaction with a documented basis for advertising rate negotiations.
Advertisers will have their own tool, called Social Bluebook Marketplace™ (“Marketplace”). Free to sign up, advertisers can search through the Social Bluebook® database of creators and learn what each charge (based on Social Bluebook® algorithms) for promoting products on social media. When brands and advertising agencies locate content creators on the Social Bluebook® site who are of interest to them, they then can use our portal to invite the creator to participate in their marketing campaigns.
Revenue Model
We have built a revenue model around an assessed 12.5 percent transaction fee service only for successful campaigns executed through the Social Bluebook Marketplace™ system. The fee is an add-on to what an advertiser pays a content creator. Content creators pay nothing for using our services.
We plan to offer a prepaid annual subscription option for those advertisers interested in paying a lower transaction fee.
We also offer a white label service team of campaign managers to coordinate campaigns between advertisers and creators. It is essentially a white glove service for advertisers who require assistance and want to engage in influencer marketing. A member of our campaign management team will engage with the advertiser to define campaign goals, requirements, and budget. With a contract in place, the campaign manager will contact and negotiate with the creators approved by the advertiser. We will sign contracts with each of the interested creators to render services for the campaign promotion (i.e. upload YouTube video, Instagram photo, etc.). Upon delivery of services from the contracted creators, the advertiser will issue payment to us. We take a 25 percent commission fee from the overall campaign budget and the remaining amount is paid out to the creators based upon the amounts negotiated in their individual contracts.
Trend Information
We believe that Social Bluebook® currently is among the fastest growing influencer marketplaces in our business sector. With a modest advertising spend the Social Bluebook® platform continues to scale. Since the date of launch, more than half of our creative content users have come back to the site to refresh and review their platform prices and analytics. June 2016 saw a 172.36% increase in user traffic from the previous month. This also equated to a 33.84% increase in the number creator social platforms registered in May 2016 versus June 2016.
| 24 |
More than 400 advertisers have registered for Social Bluebook Marketplace™ and can search through our database of creators and obtain their prices (values based on our algorithms) as well as other essential demographic data. Within 4 weeks of the beta release of Social Bluebook Marketplace™ 26 transactions amounting to nearly $15,000 were run through the platform.
Results of Operations
The following table depicts certain metrics that we consider to be key performance indicators for our business, for the time periods indicated:
| For the Six Months Ended June 30, | ||||||||
| CRITERION | 2016 | 2015 | ||||||
| # of Creator platforms | 33,175 | 3,831 | ||||||
| Audience | 2,873,090,011 | 327,366,181 | ||||||
| # of User sessions | 155,722 | 19,823 | ||||||
| # Website page-views | 539,273 | 49,787 | ||||||
| YEARS | ||||||||||
| CRITERION | 2014 | 2015 | 20161 | |||||||
| # of Creator platforms | 0 | 13,550 | TBD | |||||||
| Audience | 0 | 1,082,067,249 | TBD | |||||||
| # of User sessions | 0 | 70,059 | TBD | |||||||
| # Website page-views | 0 | 184,036 | TBD | |||||||
Summary of Results
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the first six months of June 30,
| 2016 | 2015 | |||||||
| Revenues: | $ | 66 | $ | - | ||||
| Operating Expenses: | ||||||||
| Cost of Revenues | (2 | ) | - | |||||
| Technology and Development: | (143,899 | ) | (126,331 | ) | ||||
| Depreciation Expense: | (742 | ) | (738 | ) | ||||
| General and Administrative Costs: | (233,072 | ) | (249,463 | ) | ||||
| Total Operating Expenses: | (377,715 | ) | (376,532 | ) | ||||
| Loss from Operations: | (377,672 | ) | (376,532 | ) | ||||
| Other Expenses | ||||||||
| Interest Expense: | (21,023 | ) | (9,956 | ) | ||||
| Net Loss/Gain: | $ | (398,672 | ) | $ | (386,488 | ) | ||
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the periods 2014 through the first nine months of 2016:
| For the Period January 2, 2014 (Inception) to December 31, 2014 | For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 | For the Period January 1, 2016 to September 30, 2016 | ||||||||||
| Revenues: | $ | 0 | $ | 40,000 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Operating Expenses: | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Cost of Revenues | $ | 0 | $ | 30,000 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Technology and Development: | $ | 103,240 | $ | 200,451 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Depreciation Expense: | $ | 354 | $ | 1,488 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| General and Administrative Costs: | $ | 178,451 | $ | 627,345 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Total Operating Expenses: | $ | 282,045 | $ | 859,284 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Loss from Operations: | $ | (282,045 | ) | $ | (819,284 | ) | ||||||
| Other Expenses | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Interest Expense: | $ | 0 | $ | 25,195 | $ | TBD | ||||||
| Net Loss/Gain: | $ | (282,045 | ) | $ | (849,479 | ) | $ | TBD | ||||
1 For the first unaudited nine months of 2016, ending September 30, 2016.
| 25 |
Fiscal Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015
Revenues
The initial revenue of $66 derived in 2016 related to initial transaction fees collected from the beta of Social Bluebook Marketplace™.
Cost of Revenues
Cost of revenues for 2016 related to the transactional cost associated with the revenue earned.
Technology and Development Expenses
Technology and development expenses relate to the cost of consultants used to design, build, and test our platform. These expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2016 increased to $143,899, or a 14% increase from the same period in 2015. Along with continued maintenance of the platform, we began the design and build out of additional features to be released in 2017.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses include employee compensation costs, rent expense, travel cost, and general expenses. These expenses, for six months ended June 30, 2016, decreased to $233,072, or a 7% decrease from the same period in 2015. Overall the general and administrative cost increase by approximately $8,000 which is attributable to the continued growth of the Company. This increase was offset by decline of approximately $24,000 in payroll taxes, as our officers deferred approximately 66% of their salary for the 2016 period. Deferred salary’s payroll taxes are not incurred or paid until the deferred salary is paid to the officers.
Other Expense — Interest Expense
For the six month ended June 30, 2016, interest expense increased to $21,023 due to the issuance of convertible note payable issued in during the 2016 period.
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015 and January 2, 2014 (Inception) to December 31, 2014
Revenues
In 2014, we recognized no revenues. The initial revenue from 2015 of $40,000 was derived from a project we undertook to locate influencers to promote our customer’s application.
Cost of Revenues
In 2015 cost of revenues was related to our cost associated with the one-time project.
Technology and Development Expenses
Technology and development expenses relate to the cost of consultants used to design, build, and test our platform. These expenses for 2015 increased to $200,451, or a 94% increase from 2014. We began the design and build out of our platform during the end of the 2nd quarter of 2014. The 2014 cost is approximately 50% of the cost incurred during 2015, so the increase is attributable to the longer duration of activity during 2015.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses includes employee compensation costs, rent expense, travel cost, and general expenses. These expenses, for 2015, increased to $627,345, or a 252% increase from 2014. This increase generally is reflective of the growth of our operations. Costs with significant increases included officers’ and employee salaries, employee benefit expense, and corporate travel expenses.
Other Expense — Interest Expense
During 2015, interest expense increased to $25,195 due to a convertible note payable issued in January 2015.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Going Concern
Our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. At June 30, 2016, however, we had cash of approximately $170,000, a working capital deficit of approximately $289,000 and a stockholders’ deficit of approximately $1,252,000. We have generated minimal revenues and have incurred net losses since inception. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset amounts or the classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern.
| 26 |
Since inception, our principal sources of operating funds have been cash proceeds from the issuance of a convertible note payable, sale of common stock and series A convertible preferred stock. We do not expect that our current cash on hand will fund our operations through September 30, 2017. Therefore, we will need to raise additional capital in order to meet our obligations and execute our business plan for at least the next twelve-month period thereafter. There can be no assurance that financing will be available when needed or that management will be able to obtain such financing on acceptable terms. If we are unable to raise sufficient additional funds, we will have to develop and implement a plan to extend payables, reduce overhead or scale back our business plan until sufficient additional capital is raised to support further operations. There can be no assurance that such a plan will be successful.
Convertible Notes Payable
During 2015 we completed a private placement of convertible promissory notes (“Notes”) with seventeen accredited investors (“Holders”). The Notes accrue interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum and are due and payable on the second-year anniversary of the purchase date. The notes become due and payable ranging from January 4, 2017 through December 30, 2017.
In the event that we issue and sell shares of the Company’s equity securities (“Equity Securities”) to investors (the “Investors”) on or before the date of the repayment in full of the Notes in an equity financing resulting in gross proceeds to us of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) (not including the conversion of the Notes), then the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, shall automatically convert in whole without any action by the Holders into such Equity Securities at a conversion price equal to eighty percent (80.0%) of the per-share price paid by the Investors for such Equity Securities and otherwise on the same terms and conditions applicable to the Investors. “Equity Securities” means shares of preferred stock.
In the event that we consummate a change of control of the Company prior to the conversion or repayment in full of the Notes, the Holders, may elect either to: (i) require that we pay the Holders in cash an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (A) one-and-one-half times (1.5x) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding, and (B) all unpaid accrued interest thereon; or (ii) convert the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of eight million dollars ($8,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of immediately prior to such change of control (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes).
In the event that neither of the two above occurs prior to the maturity date, then the Holders, in their sole option and upon written notice may, effective as of the maturity date, elect either to: (i) allow the Notes to remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue; or (ii) convert the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of our common stock outstanding at such time (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes) plus any unallocated shares under our equity incentive plan (the “Equity Plan”).
| 27 |
In the event that Holders elect to allow the Notes to remain outstanding after the maturity date, the Holders may, at any time after the maturity date, elect to convert the outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of our common stock outstanding at the time of such notice (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes, plus any unallocated shares under the Equity Plan).
In the event the Holders do not make a timely election pursuant to this provision, the Notes shall remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue as provided under the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent we consummate an equity financing transaction after a Holder has converted the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of our common stock, the Holder shall, at the time of such post-conversion financing, have the right to exchange such shares of our common stock into the same class or series of securities issued in the post-conversion financing (and on the same terms and conditions as such post-conversion financing), based on the then-outstanding principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest under the Notes at the time of the conversion of such amounts into shares of our common stock.
We have evaluated the Notes and conversion features in accordance with ASC 815-40 and determined that the embedded conversion features are not considered to be derivative liabilities.
Credit Facilities
Currently, we do not have any credit facilities with lending institutions, nor other access to bank credit.
Capital Expenditures
We have no contractual obligations for ongoing capital expenditures at this time. We do, however, purchase equipment and software necessary to conduct our operations on an as needed basis.
Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies
We do not have any material ongoing contracts that extend beyond a one-year period or which are not cancellable sooner. We lease our current office space on a month-to-month basis. We have no material contingent obligations.
Material Weaknesses
In connection with the audits of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and the prior period ended December 31, 2014 (inception year), our independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses relate to the absence of internal accounting personnel with the ability to properly account for complex transactions and a lack of separation of duties between accounting and other functions.
We hired a consulting firm to advise on technical
issues related to United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles as related to the maintenance of our accounting books
and records and the preparation of our financial statements. Although we are aware of the risks associated with not having dedicated
accounting personnel, we also are at an early stage in the development of our business. We anticipate expanding our accounting
functions with dedicated staff, and improving our internal accounting procedures and separation of duties when we can absorb the
costs of such expansion and improvement with additional capital resources. In the meantime, management will continue to observe
and assess our internal accounting function and make necessary improvements whenever they may be required.
| 28 |
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND SIGNIFICANT EMPLOYEES
Name |
Position |
Age |
Term of Office | Approximate hours per week for part-time employees | ||||
| Chadwick Sahley | Chief Executive Officer, Director | 45 | Since January 2014 | Full-time | ||||
| Samuel Michie | President and Chief Operating Officer, Director | 32 | Since January 2014 | Full-time | ||||
| Matthew Smith | Chief Technology Officer | 44 | Since January 2014 | 20 hours | ||||
| Casey Lavere | Director | 35 | Since May 2016 | Non-employee | ||||
| Steve Heineman | Director | 56 | Since June 2016 | Non-employee |
Chadwick Sahley, Founder and Chief Executive Officer
Chad has served as Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors since the Company’s inception. Chad started his first Company out of his garage, Hieroglyphic Productions. Over the next 10 years he built that company to become one of Disney’s largest vendors producing branded content for shows like Hannah Montana, Wizards of Waverly Place and Take Two with Phineas & Ferb. He also directed many A-list celebrities including Taylor Swift, Miley Cyrus, Ben Stiller, Muhammad Ali, and Michael J. Fox.
In 2007 he became one of the early adopters on YouTube, launching an original show that quickly became one of the top comedy channels. He loved this new space for many reasons, but mostly because it leveled the playing field for people who simply wanted to create content without playing the “Hollywood” game. YouTube was also the place where he became fast friends with some of the top content creators.
In 2012, Hieroglyphic Productions was acquired by Maker Studios where Chad served as Vice President of Production, helping to build the company before it was sold two years later to Disney for $650 Million.
Samuel Michie, Founder, President and Chief Operating Officer
Sam has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since the Company’s inception. Sam currently sits on the Company’s board of directors.
Well balanced with experience in sales, business development, and operations management, Sam is a proven business leader. Prior to co-founding Social Bluebook®, Sam played an integral role in company operations for the world's largest YouTube multi-channel network, Maker Studios (2012-2013). He worked on various strategic initiatives including successfully implementing budget-tracking software across seven internal production departments (110+ people) to provide internal and external production cost analytics. Previous to Maker, Sam worked in business development and sales for Adaptive Computing (2009-2012). While at Adaptive, Sam managed a multi-million-dollar sales territory across various verticals such as Oil and Gas, Entertainment, Higher Education, and Software Services. In 2012, Sam broke all company records by reaching his yearly sales quota within the first fiscal quarter.
Matthew Smith, Chief Technology Officer
Matt has served as Chief Technology Officer since [ ]
Matt has spent the last decade+ working with software design, development and testing teams around the globe. He’s served in various IT executive and significant roles including CTO at 1800Accountant (2014-2015), VP Operations at Vocalocity (2006-2012), and Technical Manager at AOL, Inc (2004-2006). He’s also provided consulting services to companies who are looking to expand their development teams with offshore resources. He has helped companies find resources to handle UX/UI Design, Programming (any modern language or framework), Database Administration, QA Testing and Linux DevOps. Whether it's spinning up a new product team or simply staff augmentation, he has helped companies set up outsourcing relationships for all aspects of the software development lifecycle. Prior to the 2008 financial crisis, Matt held VP of Product and VP of Technology positions and managed a globally distributed Software Design, Development & QA Team of 30+ who built our dial tone and web platform.
| 29 |
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, we compensated our three highest paid executive officers as follows:
| Name | Capacities in which compensation was received | 2015 Cash compensation | 2015 Other compensation | Total compensation | ||||||||
| Chadwick Sahley | CEO | $ | 73,076.86 | 103,901 Common Shares | $ | 73,076.86 | ||||||
| Samuel Michie | COO | $ | 53,846.20 | 55,947 Common Shares | $ | 53,846.20 | ||||||
| Matthew Smith | CTO | $ | 115,384.60 | None | $ | 115,384.60 | ||||||
We anticipate that the salaries for the positions identified above will be $200,000 for the Chief Executive Officer, $175,000 for the President and $200,000 for the Chief Technology Officer.
INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
We rent office space on a month-to-month term from Mr. Sahley, a founding shareholder. During 2014, 2015 and 2016, the Company paid the shareholder approximately $7,000, $16,000 and $[ ], respectively.
| 30 |
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS
The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information as of September 30, 2016, with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock by (1) each individual or entity known to own beneficially more than 10% of our common stock and (2) all of our executive officers and directors, as a group.
The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security. A person is also deemed a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be acquired this way are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing a person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities, and a person may be deemed a beneficial owner of securities to which that person has no economic interest.
As of September 30, 2016, there were [5,127,906] shares of our common stock outstanding. Shares subject to option grants that have vested or options and restricted stock unit grants that will vest within 60 days are deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage ownership of the person holding the options or restricted stock units, but are not deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage ownership of any other person.
| Title of Class | Name and address of beneficial owner(1) | Amount and nature of beneficial ownership | Amount and nature of beneficial ownership acquirable | Percent of class | ||||||||
| Common Stock | Chadwick Sahley | 2,841,088 | 200,065 shares are convertible from Preferred Stock | 57 | % | |||||||
| Common Stock | Samuel Michie | 1,496,435 | 29 | % | ||||||||
| Common Stock | Danny Zappin | 569,446 shares are convertible from Preferred Stock | 10 | % | ||||||||
| All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group | 90 | % | ||||||||||
| Preferred Stock | Danny Zappin | 569,446 | 10 | % | ||||||||
(1) Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power for the indicated shares of common stock. Unless otherwise noted, the address for each beneficial owner listed below is c/o New Media Trader, Inc., 31563 Lindero Canyon Road, Unit 2, Westlake Village, California 91361.
| 31 |
SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY AND SECURITIES BEING OFFERED
We are offering Series B Preferred Stock to investors in this offering. The following is a description of our Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and common stock.
Series B Preferred Stock
General
We are offering our Series B Preferred Stock at a price of $[ ] per share (the “Series B Original Issue Price”) in this offering. The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock are as described below.
Dividend Rights
Holders of our Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or any Deemed Liquidation Event (i.e., a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another company or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company to another company), before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to holders of common stock an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the Series B Original Issue Price, plus any unpaid dividends, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series B Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event. The "Series B Original Issue Price" shall mean $[ ] per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock.
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock, the remaining funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Company will be distributed among the holders of shares of common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each such holder.
| 32 |
Voting Rights
The Series B Preferred Stock is non-voting except as required under law. Generally, this means that the holders of Series B Preferred Stock may vote if any proposed amendment to the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series B Preferred Stock would affect the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock adversely, but will not adversely affect the other series of Preferred Stock. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock are subject to a drag-along provision as set forth in the Subscription Agreement, pursuant to which each holder of Series B Preferred Stock agrees that, in the event the Company’s Board and the holders of a majority of the Company’s voting stock vote in favor of a sale of the Company, then such holder of Series B Preferred stock will vote in favor of the transaction if such vote is solicited, refrain from exercising dissenters’ rights with respect to such sale of the Company, and deliver any documentation or take other actions reasonably required, amongst other covenants.
Conversion
Voluntary Conversion Rights. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into common stock at an initial conversion rate of one-to-one. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment as provided in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or a Deemed Liquidation Event ((i.e., a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another company or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company to another company), the conversion rights will terminate.
Automatic Conversion. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, at the time of such vote or consent, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock.
Series A Preferred Stock
General
During the third quarter of 2014, we completed a private placement for the issuance of our Series A Preferred Stock. We issued 2,138,078 shares for total proceeds of $563,200. Our Series A Preferred Stock was issued at a price of $0.2634 (the “Original Issue Price”). The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock are as described below.
| 33 |
Dividend Rights
Holders of our Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. The Company may not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company (other than dividends on shares of common stock payable in shares of common stock) unless the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a non-cumulative dividend on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock accruing at an annual rate in an amount at least equal to the product of (i) three percent (3.0%), and (ii) the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below). The "Series A Original Issue Price" shall mean $0.2634 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock.
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or any Deemed Liquidation Event (i.e., a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another company or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company to another company), before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to holder of common stock an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any unpaid dividends, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event.
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the remaining funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Company will be distributed among the holders of shares of common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each such holder.
Voting Rights
On any matter presented to our stockholders at any stockholders’ meeting (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock may cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provision of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of common stock as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock.
| 34 |
The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Company (the "Series A Director"), and the holders of record of the shares of common stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Company. Any director elected may be removed with or without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. The rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock to elect a director shall terminate on the first date on which there are issued and outstanding less than 200,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock).
Conversion
Voluntary Conversion Rights. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The "Series A Conversion Price" shall initially be equal to the Original Issue Price. The initial Series A Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of common stock, is subject to adjustment as provided in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or a Deemed Liquidation Event (i.e., a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another company or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company to another company), the conversion rights will terminate.
Automatic Conversion. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at the time of such vote or consent, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock.
Protective Provisions
At any time when at least 200,000 shares of the initial Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Company shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting, or voting (as the case may be) separately as a single class:
| ● | alter the rights, powers or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as then in effect, in a way that adversely affects the Series A Preferred Stock; |
| 35 |
| ● | increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of the Preferred Stock; |
| ● | authorize or create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of capital stock having rights, powers, or privileges set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Company, as then in effect, that are senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock; |
| ● | redeem or repurchase any shares of common stock or preferred stock (other than (i) pursuant to employee or consultant agreements giving the Company the right to repurchase shares upon the termination of services pursuant to the terms of the applicable agreement, (ii) pursuant to a right of first offer or refusal in favor of the Company, and (iii) pursuant to the Company's long-term incentive plan and award agreements adopted thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof); or |
| ● | liquidate, dissolve, or wind-up the business and affairs of the Company, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent, agree or commit to do any of the foregoing without conditioning such consent, agreement or commitment upon obtaining the approval the required holders. |
Holders of our Series A Preferred Stock have a right of co-sale and a right of first refusal to purchase shares in new securities the Company may propose to sell after the date of that agreement. The right of first refusal in the agreement will end if the Company makes an initial public offering.
Common Stock
On January 2, 2014, we issued to the founders 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for $400. From January 2, 2014 to December 31, 2014, we issued 634,459 shares of common stock for $140,752 to accredited investors. On May 14, 2015, we issued to the founders 159,848 shares of common stock for services rendered. The shares were valued at $15,186, the then fair market value of the Company’s common stock.
Holders of our common stock are entitled:
| ● | to cast one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders; |
| ● | to receive, on a pro rata basis, dividends and distributions, if any, that the Board of Directors may declare out of legally available funds, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding; and |
| ● | upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, to share equally and ratably in any assets remaining after the payment of all debt and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights, if any, of holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. |
Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is subject to the restrictions set forth in our existing debt agreements and which may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiary incur in the future. See “Dividend Policy.”
The holders of our common stock do not have any preemptive, subscription, conversion, redemption or sinking fund rights. The common stock is not subject to future calls or assessments by us. The rights and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future.
There is no public market for our common stock.
| 36 |
We are offering up to [ ] shares of Series B Preferred Stock, as described in this offering circular. The securities are being sold in all states. We intend to sell our Series B Preferred Stock through our officers, who will not receive any additional compensation for their selling efforts. We may engage a placement agent, who would be a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and registered with the U.S Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker or dealer. We expect that the amount of expenses, other than commissions, of the offering that it will pay will be approximately $[ ], not including state filing fees.
The offering will terminate at the earlier of: (1) the date at which the maximum offering amount has been sold, (2) the date which is one year from this offering being qualified by the Commission, or (3) the date at which the offering is earlier terminated by us in our sole discretion. We are conducting this offering on a best-efforts basis without any minimum target. We may undertake one or more closings on a “rolling” basis. After each closing, funds tendered by investors will be available to the Company. Upon closing, funds tendered by investors will be made available to us for our use.
In order to invest you will be required to subscribe to the Offering and agree to the terms of the Offering, Subscription Agreement, and any other relevant exhibit attached thereto. We may be required to rely on pursuing private financing options in order to continue operations if it takes some time for us to raise funds in this Offering.
| 37 |
New Media Trader, Inc.
December 31, 2015 and 2014
| 38 |
NEW MEDIA TRADER, INC.
Table of Contents
| Pages | |
| Condensed Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2016 (unaudited) and December 31, 2015 | F-2 |
| Unaudited Condensed Statement of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 | F-3 |
| Unaudited Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 | F-4 |
| Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 | F-5 - F-8 |
| Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | F-9 |
| Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 | F-10 |
| Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 | F-11 |
| Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 | F-12 |
| Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 | F-13 |
| Notes to Financial Statements | F-14 - F-26 |
| F-1 |
NEW MEDIA TRADER, INC.
Condensed Balance Sheets
| June
30, 2016 | December 31, 2015 | |||||||
| (Unaudited) | ||||||||
| Assets | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 170,132 | $ | 182,800 | ||||
| Accounts receivable, net | - | 25,000 | ||||||
| Total current assets | 170,132 | 207,800 | ||||||
| Computer Equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $2,584 and 1,842 | 14,569 | 15,311 | ||||||
| Total Assets | $ | 184,701 | $ | 223,111 | ||||
| Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit (Equity) | ||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | $ | 199,914 | $ | 79,292 | ||||
| Convertible notes payable, current portion | 259,167 | - | ||||||
| Total current assets | 459,081 | 79,292 | ||||||
| Convertible notes payable, less current portion | 453,000 | 479,167 | ||||||
| Total Liabilities | 912,081 | 558,459 | ||||||
| Stockholders’ Deficit | ||||||||
| Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001, 5,000,000 shares authorized, 2,138,078 issued and outstanding | 214 | 214 | ||||||
| Common stock, par value $0.0001, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 5,127,906 and 5,127,906 issued and outstanding | 512 | 512 | ||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | 797,090 | 790,450 | ||||||
| Accumulated deficit | (1,525,196 | ) | (1,126,524 | ) | ||||
| Total stockholders' deficit | (727,380 | ) | (335,348 | ) | ||||
| Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit | $ | 184,701 | $ | 223,111 | ||||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-2 |
NEW MEDIA TRADER, INC
Unaudited Condensed Statement of Operations
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
| 2016 | 2015 | |||||||
| Revenues, net | $ | 66 | $ | - | ||||
| Cost of revenues | (2 | ) | - | |||||
| Technology and development | (143,899 | ) | (126,331 | ) | ||||
| Depreciation | (742 | ) | (738 | ) | ||||
| General and administrative expenses | (233,072 | ) | (249,463 | ) | ||||
| Loss from operations | (377,649 | ) | (376,532 | ) | ||||
| Other income expenses | ||||||||
| Interest expense | (21,023 | ) | (9,956 | ) | ||||
| Loss before provision for income taxes | (398,672 | ) | (386,488 | ) | ||||
| Provision for income taxes | - | - | ||||||
| Net loss | $ | (398,672 | ) | $ | (386,488 | ) | ||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-3 |
NEW
MEDIA TRADER, INC.
Unaudited Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
| 2016 | 2015 | |||||||
| Cash Flows From Operating Activities | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | (398,672 | ) | $ | (386,488 | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 742 | 738 | ||||||
| Fair value of equity issued for services | 6,640 | 17,799 | ||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable | 25,000 | - | ||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued Liabilities | 120,622 | 37,000 | ||||||
| Net Cash Used in Operating Activities | (245,668 | ) | (330,951 | ) | ||||
| Cash Flows From Investing Activities | ||||||||
| Purchase of property and equipment | - | (7,211 | ) | |||||
| Net Cash Used in Investing Activities | - | (7,211 | ) | |||||
| Cash Flows From Financing Activities | ||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable | 233,000 | 259,166 | ||||||
| Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities | 233,000 | 259,166 | ||||||
| Net (decrease) increase in Cash | (12,668 | ) | (78,996 | ) | ||||
| Cash, Beginning of Period | 182,800 | 471,700 | ||||||
| Cash, End of Period | $ | 170,132 | $ | 392,704 | ||||
| Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: | ||||||||
| Cash paid for interest | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| Cash paid for income taxes | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| Noncash investing and financing activities: none | ||||||||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-4 |
New Media Trader, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
For the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015
NOTE 1 – NATURE OF BUSINESS
Company and nature of the Business
New Media Trader, Inc. (dba Social Blue Book “SBB”) (the “Company” or “We”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 2, 2014. The Company operates the website, Socialbluebook.com which offers a financial analysis of how much a transaction is worth when an advertiser approaches a social media content creator about using their social media platforms (e.g., You Tube, Vine, Facebook, and Twitter) for product placements and other forms of native advertising. Creators connect their social platforms to the Company’s assessment tools, and the Company’s proprietary algorithms calculate a dollar value that the parties to a promotion transaction then use as a documented basis for their negotiations. The Company calculates a suggested price that a content creator can use as a starting point in negotiations with a brand or agency. The Company’s price analysis takes into account the key factors such as the demographic reach, viewership, engagement, and genre.
Recently, the Company released a beta version of its creator marketplace for advertisers, brands and agencies. The proprietary marketplace platform allows brands and agencies to search through the Company’s database of content creators and obtain their prices (values based on the company’s algorithms), as well as other essential demographic data for advertising or marketing campaigns. When they locate creators on the Company’s website that are of interest, they then can use the Company’s portal to invite them to participate in campaigns. The Company has also created a payment platform for advertisers, brands and agencies to pay the content providers. Successfully executed campaigns can utilize SBB’s direct deposit payment method, and the Company charges a fee for the transaction. The Company is headquartered in Los Angeles, California.
Financial Statement Presentation and basis of presentation
The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements and notes are representations of the Company’s management, who are responsible for their integrity and objectivity. These statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and disclosures required by GAAP for annual financial statements. In the opinion of management, such statements include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring items) that are considered necessary for a fair presentation of the condensed financial statements of the Company as of June 30, 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full year ended December 31, 2016, or any other period. These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and related disclosures of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years then ended included in the Company’s offering circular filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 5, 2016.
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going-concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has not generated sufficient revenue and has funded its operating losses through the sale of common stock and the issuance of debt. The Company has a limited operating history and its prospects are subject to risks, expenses and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in the industry.
In the course of its development activities, the Company has sustained and continues to sustain losses. The Company cannot predict if or when the Company will generate profits. Since inception the Company has generated cumulative net losses of approximately $1,525,000.
| F-5 |
The Company has not yet established an ongoing source of revenues sufficient to cover its operating costs and allow it to continue as a going concern. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern depends on it obtaining the adequate capital to fund operating losses until it becomes profitable. Management plans to continue as a going concern to achieve a profitable level of operations include generating cash through increased product sales, reducing planned expenditures, if necessary, and raising capital from investors
While management plans to take the steps necessary to extend the time period over which the then-available resources would be able to fund the operations, management cannot provide any assurances that the Company will be successful in accomplishing any of its plans. Additionally, there can be no assurance that, if such efforts are successful, the terms and conditions of such financing will be favorable. If the Company is unable to obtain adequate capital, it could be forced to cease operations.
During the six months ended June 30, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 the Company obtained capital for working capital totaling of approximately $233,000 and $479,000, respectively, in connection with issuances of convertible promissory notes. During the 2014, the Company obtained capital for working capital need totaling approximately $563,000 in connection with issuances of its series A convertible preferred stock and approximately $141,000 from the issuance of its common stock. The Company has and is in discussion with several investment banking firms and is evaluating the Company’s options for additional obtaining additional funding for its working capital needs. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon its ability to successfully accomplish its plans and eventually secure other sources of financing and attain profitable operations. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of assets and/or liabilities that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In August 2016, the accounting standard update related to the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments was issued. This standard update addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. The amendments in this update are effective as of the first quarter of 2018; however, early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this standard update will have on our condensed consolidated financial statements.
In June 2016, the standard update related to the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments was issued. This standard update requires financial assets measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. This standard update is effective as of the first quarter of 2020; however, early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this standard update will have on our condensed consolidated financial statements.
In May 2016, accounting guidance was issued to clarify the not yet effective revenue recognition guidance issued in May 2014. This additional guidance does not change the core principle of the revenue recognition guidance issued in May 2014, rather, it provides clarification of accounting for collections of sales taxes as well as recognition of revenue (i) associated with contract modifications, (ii) for noncash consideration, and (iii) based on the collectability of the consideration from the customer. The guidance also specifies when a contract should be considered “completed” for purposes of applying the transition guidance. The effective date and transition requirements for this guidance are the same as the effective date and transition requirements for the guidance previously issued in 2014, which is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact that this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In April 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to identifying performance obligations in contracts with customers and improving the operability and understandability of licensing implementation guidance. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued to improve the accounting for employee stock-based payments. The guidance simplifies accounting for stock-based award transactions specific to income tax consequences, the classification of awards as equity or liabilities, and the classification of award payments on the statement of cash flows. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
| F-6 |
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued to clarify the application of previously issued revenue recognition guidance related to whether an entity is a principal or an agent. More specifically, this new guidance clarifies that the analysis must focus on whether the entity has control of the goods or services before they are transferred to the customer and provides additional guidance about how to apply the control principle when services are provided and when goods or services are combined with other goods or services. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact that this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to accounting for derivatives and hedging activity. The guidance amends existing GAAP by clarifying that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as a hedging instrument does not, in and of itself, require de-designation of that hedging relationship, provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. The amendment improves prior guidance by eliminating diversity in practice. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The guidance may be applied prospectively or using a modified retrospective approach to adjust retained earnings. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
In March 2016, additional accounting guidance was issued pertaining to accounting for derivatives and hedging activity. The guidance clarifies the steps required when assessing whether the economic characteristics and risks of call (put) options are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of their debt hosts, which is one of the criteria for bifurcating an embedded derivative. Consequently, when a call (put) option is contingently exercisable, an entity does not have to assess whether the event that triggers the ability to exercise a call (put) option is related to interest rates or credit risks. The amendment improves prior guidance by eliminating diversity in practice in assessing embedded contingent call (put) options in debt instruments. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In February 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to leases to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The core principle of this guidance is that a lessee should recognize a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial.
In January 2016, accounting guidance was issued on the classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities (equity securities and financial liabilities) under the fair value option and the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. The guidance modifies how an entity measures equity investments and presents changes in the fair value of financial liabilities. Under the new guidance, an entity will have to measure at fair value those equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method, and an entity will have to recognize any changes in fair value in net income unless the investments qualify for the new practicality exception. That exception will apply to those equity investments that do not have a readily determinable fair value and do not qualify for the practical expedient to estimate fair value under the guidance, and, as such, these investments may be measured at cost. The guidance will be effective on January 1, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
We continually assess any new accounting pronouncements to determine their applicability to us. Where it is determined that a new accounting pronouncement affects our financial reporting, we undertake a study to determine the consequence of the change to our financial statements and assure that there are proper controls in place to ascertain that our financial statements properly reflect the change. We have evaluated all other GAAP issued through the date the condensed financials were issued and believe that the adoption of these will not have a material impact on our financial statements.
The Company has implemented all other new accounting pronouncements that are in effect and that may impact its financial statement and does not believe that there are any other new accounting pronouncements that have been issued that might have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.
| F-7 |
NOTE 2 – CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE
During 2016 and 2015 the Company completed a private placement of its convertible promissory notes (“Notes”) with twenty accredited investors (“Holders”). The Notes accrue interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum and are due and payable on the second-year anniversary of the purchase date. The notes become due and payable ranging from January 4, 2017 through December 30, 2017. The Notes are convertible into the Company’s common stock, as follows:
In the event that the Company issues and sells shares of the Company’s equity securities (“Equity Securities”) to investors (the “Investors”) on or before the date of the repayment in full of the Notes in an equity financing resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) (not including the conversion of the Notes), then the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, shall automatically convert in whole without any action by the Holders into such Equity Securities at a conversion price equal to eighty percent (80.0%) of the per-share price paid by the Investors for such Equity Securities and otherwise on the same terms and conditions applicable to the Investors.
In the event that the Company consummates a change of control of the Company prior to the conversion or repayment in full of the Notes, the Holders, may elect to either: (i) require the Company to pay the Holders in cash an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (A) one-and-one-half times (1.5x) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding and (B) all unpaid accrued interest thereon; or (ii) convert the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, into shares of common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to the quotient of eight million dollars ($8,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock as of immediately prior to such change of control (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes. The Company will give the Holders at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the anticipated closing date of such Change of Control (provided that such notice may be waived in writing at the election of the Requisite Holders).
In the event that neither of the two above occurs prior to the maturity date, then the Holders, in their sole option and upon written notice to the Company made at least five (5) days prior to the maturity date, may, effective as of the maturity date, elect to either: (i) allow the Notes to remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue as provided under this Note; or (ii) convert the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding at such time (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes) plus any unallocated shares under the Company’s equity incentive plan (the “Equity Plan”). In the event that Holders elect to allow the Notes to remain outstanding after the maturity date, the Holders may, at any time after the maturity date, and upon at least five (5) days’ prior written notice to the Company, elect to convert the outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding at the time of such notice (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes) plus any unallocated shares under the Equity Plan). In the event the Holders do not timely make an election pursuant to this provision, the Notes shall remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue as provided under the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Company consummates an equity financing transaction after Holder has converted the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock the Holders shall, at the time of such post-conversion financing, have the right to exchange such shares of the Company’s common stock into the same class or series of securities issued in the post-conversion financing (and on the same terms and conditions as such post-conversion financing), based on the then-outstanding principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest under the Notes at the time of the conversion of such amounts into shares of the Company’s Common Stock.
The Company has evaluated the Notes and conversion features in accordance with ASC 815-40 and determined that the embedded conversion features are not considered to be derivative liabilities.
| F-8 |
|
101 Larkspur Landing Circle Suite 321 Larkspur, CA 94939 www.rbsmllp.com |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors
of New Media Trader, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of New Media Trader, Inc. (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit (equity), and , cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from January 2, 2014 (inception date) to December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We have conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States of America). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of New Media Trader, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the periods ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has an accumulated deficit as of December 31, 2015, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to this matter are described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
/s/ RBSM LLP
RBSM LLP
Larkspur, California
September 29, 2016
| F-9 |
BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2015 and 2014
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| Assets | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 182,800 | $ | 471,700 | ||||
| Accounts receivable, Net | 25,000 | - | ||||||
| Total current assets | 207,800 | 471,700 | ||||||
| Computer Equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $1,842 and $354 | 15,311 | 7,088 | ||||||
| Total Assets | $ | 223,111 | $ | 478,788 | ||||
| Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit (Equity) | ||||||||
| Total current liabilities - Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | $ | 79,292 | $ | 16,094 | ||||
| Convertible notes payable | 479,167 | - | ||||||
| Total liabilities | 558,459 | 16,094 | ||||||
| Stockholders’ Deficit (Equity) | ||||||||
| Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001, 5,000,000 shares authorized, 2,138,078 issued and outstanding | 214 | 214 | ||||||
| Common stock, par value $0.0001, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 5,127,906 and 4,814,229 issued and outstanding | 512 | 481 | ||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | 790,450 | 744,044 | ||||||
| Accumulated deficit | (1,126,524 | ) | (282,045 | ) | ||||
| Total stockholders' (deficit) equity | (335,348 | ) | 462,694 | |||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity | $ | 223,111 | $ | 478,788 | ||||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-10 |
Statements of Operations
| For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 | For the period January 2, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014 | |||||||
| Revenues, net | $ | 40,000 | $ | - | ||||
| Cost of revenues | (30,000 | ) | - | |||||
| Technology and development | (200,451 | ) | (103,240 | ) | ||||
| Depreciation | (1,488 | ) | (354 | ) | ||||
| General and administrative expenses | (627,345 | ) | (178,451 | ) | ||||
| Loss from operations | (819,284 | ) | (282,045 | ) | ||||
| Other income expenses | ||||||||
| Interest expense | (25,195 | ) | - | |||||
| Loss before provision for income taxes | (844,479 | ) | (282,045 | ) | ||||
| Provision for income taxes | - | - | ||||||
| Net loss | $ | (844,479 | ) | $ | (282,045 | ) | ||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-11 |
NEW
MEDIA TRADER, INC
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
| Series A Preferred Stock | Common Stock | Additional Paid-In | Accumulated | Total Stockholders’ (Deficit) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Deficit | Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance January 2, 2014 (Inception) | - | $ | - | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||||||||
| Share issued to founders | - | - | 4,000,000 | 400 | - | - | 400 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of series A convertible preferred stock | 2,138,078 | 214 | - | - | 562,986 | - | 563,200 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of shares for cash | 634,459 | 63 | 140,689 | - | 140,752 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Restricted stock awards | - | - | 179,770 | 18 | 39,251 | - | 39,269 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Fair value of stock options issued for services | - | - | - | - | 1,118 | - | 1,118 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | - | - | - | - | - | (282,045 | ) | (282,045 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance December 31, 2014 | 2,138,078 | $ | 214 | 4,814,229 | $ | 481 | $ | 744,044 | $ | (282,045 | ) | $ | 462,694 | |||||||||||||||
| Issuance of shares to founders for services | - | - | 159,848 | 16 | 15,170 | - | 15,186 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Restricted stock awards | - | - | 153,829 | 15 | 29,792 | - | 29,807 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Fair value of stock options issued for services | - | - | - | 1,444 | - | 1,444 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | - | - | - | - | - | (844,479 | ) | (844,479 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance December 31, 2015 | 2,138,078 | $ | 214 | 5,127,906 | $ | 512 | $ | 790,450 | $ | (1,126,524 | ) | $ | (335,348 | ) | ||||||||||||||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-12 |
New
Media Trader, Inc.
Statements of Cash Flows
| For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 | For the period January 2, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014 | |||||||
| Cash Flows From Operating Activities | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | (844,479 | ) | $ | (282,045 | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 1,488 | 354 | ||||||
| Fair value of equity issued for services | 46,437 | 40,387 | ||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable | (25,000 | ) | - | |||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses | 63,198 | 16,094 | ||||||
| Net Cash Used in Operating Activities | (773,542 | ) | (225,210 | ) | ||||
| Cash Flows From Investing Activities | ||||||||
| Purchase of property and equipment | (9,711 | ) | (7,442 | ) | ||||
| Net Cash Used in Investing Activities | (9,711 | ) | (7,442 | ) | ||||
| Cash Flows From Financing Activities | ||||||||
| Issuance of series A convertible preferred shares for cash | - | 563,200 | ||||||
| Issuance of common stock for cash | - | 141,152 | ||||||
| Cash from issuance of convertible notes payable | 479,167 | - | ||||||
| Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities | 494,353 | 704,352 | ||||||
| Net (decrease) increase in Cash | (288,900 | ) | 471,700 | |||||
| Cash, Beginning of Period | 471,700 | - | ||||||
| Cash, End of Period | $ | 182,800 | 471,700 | |||||
| Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: | ||||||||
| Cash paid for interest | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| Cash paid for income taxes | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| Noncash investing and financing activities: none | ||||||||
(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)
| F-13 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies
Company and nature of the Business
New Media Trader, Inc. (dba Social Blue Book) (the “Company” or “We”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 2, 2014. The Company operates the website, Socialbluebook.com which offers a financial analysis of how much a transaction is worth when an advertiser approaches a social media content creator about using their social media platforms (e.g., You Tube, Vine, Facebook, and Twitter) for product placements and other forms of native advertising. Creators connect their social platforms to the Company’s assessment tools, and the Company’s proprietary algorithms calculate a dollar value that the parties to a promotion transaction then use as a documented basis for their negotiations. The Company calculates a suggested price that a content creator can use as a starting point in negotiations with a brand or agency. The Company’s price analysis takes into account the key factors such as the demographic reach, viewership, engagement, and genre.
Recently, the Company released a beta version of its creator marketplace for advertisers, brands & Agencies. The proprietary marketplace platform allows brands and agencies to search through the Company’s database of content creators and obtain their prices (values based on the company's algorithms) as well as other essential demographic data for advertising or marketing campaigns. When they locate creators on the Company’s website that are of interest, they then can use the Company’s portal to invite them to participate in campaigns. The Company has also created a payment platform for advertisers, brands and agencies to pay the content providers. Successfully executed campaigns can utilize Social Blue Book’s (“SBB”) direct deposit payment method, and the Company charges a fee for the transaction. New Media Trader is headquartered in Los Angeles, California.
Financial Statement Presentation and basis of presentation
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going-concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has not generated sufficient revenue and has funded its operating losses through the sale of common stock and the issuance of debt. The Company has a limited operating history and its prospects are subject to risks, expenses and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in the industry.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business.
In the course of its development activities, the Company has sustained and continues to sustain losses. The Company cannot predict if or when the Company will generate profits. Since inception the Company has generated cumulative net losses of approximately $1,127,000.
The Company has not yet established an ongoing source of revenues sufficient to cover its operating costs and allow it to continue as a going concern. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern depends on it obtaining the adequate capital to fund operating losses until it becomes profitable. Management plans to continue as a going concern to achieve a profitable level of operations include generating cash through increased product sales, reducing planned expenditures, if necessary, and raising capital from investors.
| F-14 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
While management plans to take the steps necessary to extend the time period over which the then-available resources would be able to fund the operations, management cannot provide any assurances that the Company will be successful in accomplishing any of its plans. Additionally, there can be no assurance that, if such efforts are successful, the terms and conditions of such financing will be favorable. If the Company is unable to obtain adequate capital, it could be forced to cease operations.
During 2015, the Company obtained capital for working capital totaling of approximately $479,000 in connection with issuances of convertible promissory notes. During the 2014, the Company obtained capital for working capital need totaling approximately $563,000 in connection with issuances of its series A convertible preferred stock and approximately $141,000 from the issuance of its common stock. The Company has and is in discussion with several investment banking firms and is evaluating the Company’s options for additional obtaining additional funding for its working capital needs. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon its ability to successfully accomplish its plans and eventually secure other sources of financing and attain profitable operations. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of assets and/or liabilities that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and that affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates. In addition, any change in these estimates or their related assumptions could have an adverse effect on our operating results. Key estimates include: valuation of derivative liabilities and valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities.
Certain Risks and Concentrations
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from advertising revenue earned from advertising customers for delivering ad impressions on our platform and from billings to ad networks that represent adverting customers. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. Although typical payment terms for online adverting industry are slow, historically, write-off losses have been minimal and within management’s expectations. For both December 31, 2015 and 2014, the allowance for doubtful accounts was nil.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents. The Company may, from time to time, have deposits in one financial institution that exceeds the federally insured amount.
| F-15 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and generally do not bear interest. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established, as necessary, based on past experience and other factors, which, in management’s judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating bad debts. Such factors include growth and composition of accounts receivable, the relationship of the allowance for doubtful accounts to accounts receivable and current economic conditions. The determination of the collectability of amounts due from customer accounts requires the Company to make judgments regarding future events and trends. Allowances for doubtful accounts are determined based on assessing the Company’s portfolio on an individual customer and on an overall basis. This process consists of a review of historical collection experience, current aging status of the customer accounts, and the financial condition of the Company’s customers.
Computer Equipment
Computer equipment is stated at cost. When retired or otherwise disposed, the related carrying value and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and the net difference less any amount realized from disposition, is reflected in earnings. For financial statement purposes, property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, which is generally five years. Upon sale or retirement of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.
Platform Technology and Development Expenses
Costs for technology, including predevelopment efforts prior to establishing technological feasibility of our platform are expensed as incurred.
Development costs are capitalized when technological feasibility has been established and anticipated future revenues support the recoverability of the capitalized amounts. Capitalization stops when the product is available for general release to customers. Due to the short time period between achieving technological feasibility and product release and the insignificant amount of costs incurred during such periods, the Company has not capitalized any software development, and have expensed these costs as incurred.
Fair Value Measurement
The accounting standards regarding fair value of financial instruments and related fair value measurements define fair value, establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhance disclosure requirements for fair value measures.
ASC Topic 820 establishes a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs to valuation used to measure fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows:
Level 1 - inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3 - inputs are unobservable inputs based on our own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value.
| F-16 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
On a Recurring Basis:
A financial asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability. The Company has determined that the convertible debt instruments outstanding as of the date of these financial statements include an exercise price “reset” adjustment that qualifies as derivative financial instruments under the provisions of ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in an Entity’s Own Stock (“ASC 815-40”).
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statements of operations. For stock-based derivative financial instruments, the Company uses the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model to value the derivative instruments. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative instrument liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement of the derivative instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date.
Based on the Company’s analysis the embedded features of the convertible notes payable and series A convertible preferred stock are not considered to be derivative liabilities.
Revenue Recognition
The Company derives its revenue when a brand or an agency pays a fee to social media content creator. The Company charges the social media content creator for a fee for each transaction entered into with a brand or agency.
Revenue is recognized when services have been provided and persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Generally, the Company does not provide its customers with a contractual right of return. Management believes that all relevant criteria and conditions are considered when recognizing revenue.
Concentrations
One customer accounted for 100% of the Company’s revenue for 2015 and the same customer accounted for 100% accounts receivable as of December 31, 2015.
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
Share-based compensation cost is measured at grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s service period. The Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.
| F-17 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
The Company has determined that the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model is the most appropriate method for determining the estimated fair value for stock options or warrants. The Black-Scholes Model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions that determine the fair value of share-based awards, including the equity instrument’s expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock.
Equity instruments issued to nonemployees are recorded at their fair value on the measurement date and are subject to periodic adjustment as the underlying equity instruments vest.
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred taxes represent the future tax consequences expected to occur when the reported amounts of assets and liabilities are recovered or paid. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Deferred taxes result from differences between the financial and tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes are enacted. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized.
The Company must assess the likelihood that the Company’s deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and to the extent the Company believes that recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance is recognized. Management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against the net deferred tax assets. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. Based on the available evidence, the Company believes it is more likely than not, that it will not be able to utilize its deferred tax assets in the future. The Company intends to maintain valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of such valuation allowances. Management makes estimates and judgments about the Company’s future taxable income that is based on assumptions that are consistent with management’s plans. Should the actual amounts differ from the estimates, the carrying value of the Company’s deferred tax assets could be materially impacted.
The Company recognizse in the financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of operating expense. The Company does not believe there are any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within twelve months of the reporting date. There were no penalties or interest liabilities accrued as of December 31, 2015 or 2014, nor were any penalties or interest costs included in expense for 2015 and 2014.
Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity of a company during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments from owners and distributions to owners. For 2015 and 2014, the Company had no comprehensive loss transactions.
| F-18 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Commitments and Contingencies
In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to loss contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business, that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, government investigations, environment liability and tax matters. An accrual for a loss contingency is recognized when it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2016, accounting guidance was issued to clarify the not yet effective revenue recognition guidance issued in May 2014. This additional guidance does not change the core principle of the revenue recognition guidance issued in May 2014, rather, it provides clarification of accounting for collections of sales taxes as well as recognition of revenue (i) associated with contract modifications, (ii) for noncash consideration, and (iii) based on the collectability of the consideration from the customer. The guidance also specifies when a contract should be considered “completed” for purposes of applying the transition guidance. The effective date and transition requirements for this guidance are the same as the effective date and transition requirements for the guidance previously issued in 2014, which is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact that this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In April 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to identifying performance obligations in contracts with customers and improving the operability and understandability of licensing implementation guidance. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact of this new guidance on its financial statements.
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued to improve the accounting for employee stock-based payments. The guidance simplifies accounting for stock-based award transactions specific to income tax consequences, the classification of awards as equity or liabilities, and the classification of award payments on the statement of cash flows. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued to clarify the application of previously issued revenue recognition guidance related to whether an entity is a principal or an agent. More specifically, this new guidance clarifies that the analysis must focus on whether the entity has control of the goods or services before they are transferred to the customer and provides additional guidance about how to apply the control principle when services are provided and when goods or services are combined with other goods or services. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company has not yet determined the impact that this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In March 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to accounting for derivatives and hedging activity. The guidance amends existing GAAP by clarifying that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as a hedging instrument does not, in and of itself, require de-designation of that hedging relationship, provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. The amendment improves prior guidance by eliminating diversity in practice. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The guidance may be applied prospectively or using a modified retrospective approach to adjust retained earnings. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its financial statements.
| F-19 |
NOTE 1 – Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
In March 2016, additional accounting guidance was issued pertaining to accounting for derivatives and hedging activity. The guidance clarifies the steps required when assessing whether the economic characteristics and risks of call (put) options are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of their debt hosts, which is one of the criteria for bifurcating an embedded derivative. Consequently, when a call (put) option is contingently exercisable, an entity does not have to assess whether the event that triggers the ability to exercise a call (put) option is related to interest rates or credit risks. The amendment improves prior guidance by eliminating diversity in practice in assessing embedded contingent call (put) options in debt instruments. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In February 2016, accounting guidance was issued pertaining to leases to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The core principle of this guidance is that a lessee should recognize a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
In January 2016, accounting guidance was issued on the classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities (equity securities and financial liabilities) under the fair value option, and the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. The guidance modifies how an entity measures equity investments and present changes in the fair value of financial liabilities. Under the new guidance, an entity will have to measure at fair value those equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method, and an entity will have to recognize any changes in fair value in net income unless the investments qualify for the new practicality exception. That exception will apply to those equity investments that do not have a readily determinable fair value and do not qualify for the practical expedient to estimate fair value under the guidance, and, as such, these investments may be measured at cost. The guidance will be effective on January 1, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on its financial statements.
The Company continually assess any new accounting pronouncements to determine their applicability. Where it is determined that a new accounting pronouncement affects the Company’s financial reporting, managment undertakes a study to determine the consequence of the change to the Company’s financial statements and assure that there are proper controls in place to ascertain that the financial statements properly reflect the change. The Company has evaluated all other GAAP pronouncements issued through the date the financials were issued and believe that the adoption of these will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
NOTE 2 – CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE
During 2015 the Company completed a private placement of its convertible promissory notes (“Notes”) with seventeen accredited investors (“Holders”). The Notes accrue interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum and are due and payable on the second-year anniversary of the purchase date. The notes become due and payable ranging from January 4, 2017 through December 30, 2017. The Notes are convertible into the Company’s common stock, as follows:
In the event that the Company issues and sells shares of the Company’s equity securities (“Equity Securities”) to investors (the “Investors”) on or before the date of the repayment in full of the Notes in an equity financing resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) (not including the conversion of the Notes), then the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, shall automatically convert in whole without any action by the Holders into such Equity Securities at a conversion price equal to eighty percent (80.0%) of the per-share price paid by the Investors for such Equity Securities and otherwise on the same terms and conditions applicable to the Investors.
| F-20 |
NOTE 2 – CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE (continued)
In the event that the Company consummates a change of control of the Company prior to the conversion or repayment in full of the Notes, the Holders, may elect to either: (i) require the Company to pay the Holders in cash an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (A) one-and-one-half times (1.5x) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding and (B) all unpaid accrued interest thereon; or (ii) convert the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, into shares of common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to the quotient of eight million dollars ($8,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock as of immediately prior to such change of control (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes. The Company will give the Holders at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the anticipated closing date of such Change of Control (provided that such notice may be waived in writing at the election of the Requisite Holders).
In the event that neither of the two above occurs prior to the maturity date, then the Holders, in their sole option and upon written notice to the Company made at least five (5) days prior to the maturity date, may, effective as of the maturity date, elect to either: (i) allow the Notes to remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue as provided under this Note; or (ii) convert the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding at such time (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes) plus any unallocated shares under the Company’s equity incentive plan (the “Equity Plan”). In the event that Holders elect to allow the Notes to remain outstanding after the maturity date, the Holders may, at any time after the maturity date, and upon at least five (5) days’ prior written notice to the Company, elect to convert the outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to the quotient of four million dollars ($4,000,000) divided by the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding at the time of such notice (assuming full conversion or exercise of all options, warrants and other convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding other than the Notes) plus any unallocated shares under the Equity Plan). In the event the Holders do not timely make an election pursuant to this provision, the Notes shall remain outstanding, with interest continuing to accrue as provided under the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Company consummates an equity financing transaction after Holder has converted the then-outstanding principal amount and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into shares of the Company’s common stock the Holders shall, at the time of such post-conversion financing, have the right to exchange such shares of the Company’s common stock into the same class or series of securities issued in the post-conversion financing (and on the same terms and conditions as such post-conversion financing), based on the then-outstanding principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest under the Notes at the time of the conversion of such amounts into shares of the Company’s Common Stock.
The Company has evaluated the Notes and conversion features in accordance with ASC 815-40 and determined that the embedded conversion features are not considered to be derivative liabilities.
| F-21 |
NOTE 3 – EQUITY SECURITIES
The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share, consisting of 15,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 share of preferred stock, which are all designated as series A preferred stock.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
During the third quarter of 2014, the Company completed a private placement for the issuance of its series A convertible preferred stock. The Company issued 2,138,078 shares for total proceeds of $563,200.
Each share of series A preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock as is determined by dividing $0.263414 (the “Original Issue Price”) by the series A conversion price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The "Series A Conversion Price" shall initially be equal to the Original Issue Price, which initial Series A Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of series A preferred stock may be converted into shares of common stock, is subject to adjustment as provided in this Restated Certificate.
Also, in the case of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the conversion rights will terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the first payment of any funds and assets distributable on such event to the holders of series A preferred stock.
Common Stock
On January 2, 2014, the Company issued to the founders 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for $400.
From January 2, 2014 to December 31, 2014, the Company issued 634,459 shares of the Company’s common stock for $140,752 to accredited investors.
On May 14, 2015, the Company issued to the founders 159,848 shares of the Company’s common stock for services rendered. The shares were valued at $15,186, the then fair market value of the Company’s common stock. The fair value was determined by independent third-party valuation firm.
Employee Equity Incentive Awards
In 2014, the Company adopted the “2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan” (the “Plan”). The Plan authorized 1,060,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Shares”) to be granted as either restricted stock or stock options, at the discretion of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee, whichever exists at the time of grant. The Company grants awards at exercise prices or strike prices that are equal to the market price of its common stock on the date of grant.
For all share-based awards, the GAAP guidance requires that the Company measure compensation costs related to its share-based payment transactions at fair value on the grant date and that it recognize those costs in the financial statements over the vesting period during which the employee provides service in exchange for the award.
| F-22 |
NOTE 3 – EQUITY SECURITIES (continued)
A summary of the Company’s restricted stock activity and related information is as follows:
| Number of Grants | Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Per Share | Aggregate Intrinsic Value | ||||||||||
| Balance, January 2, 2014 | - | $ | - | $ | ||||||||
| Granted | 345,264 | 0.22 | ||||||||||
| Vested | (179,770 | ) | 0.22 | |||||||||
| Cancelled | - | |||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2014 | 165,494 | 0.22 | - | |||||||||
| Granted | 69,385 | 0.10 | ||||||||||
| Vested | (153,829 | ) | 0.19 | |||||||||
| Cancelled | - | |||||||||||
| Balanced, December 31, 2015 | 81,050 | $ | 0.15 | $ | - | |||||||
The fair market value of the restricted stock issued during 2015 and 2014 was approximately $7,000 and $75,000, respectively. For 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded an expense of approximately $30,000 and $39,000 respectively for restricted stock vested. The remaining unvested fair value as of December 31, 2015 was $13,000
The Company uses the Black-Scholes model to estimate the fair value of each stock option granted. Due to the limited operation history of the Company, it does not have sufficient historical data to estimate exercise behaviors for separate groups of retirement eligible and non-retirement eligible employees. Accordingly, it calculates the weighted average expected stock option on a simplified method which is 7 years.
| F-23 |
NOTE 3 – EQUITY SECURITIES (continued)
A summary of the Company’s stock options and related information is as follows:
| Number of Shares | Weighted-Average Exercise Price | Weighted-average Remaining Contractual Life | Aggregate Intrinsic Value | ||||||||||||
| Balance, January 2, 2014 | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||
| Granted | 31,416 | 0.23 | |||||||||||||
| Exercised | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Cancelled | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2014 | 31,416 | 0.23 | 7.0 | - | |||||||||||
| Granted | 13,596 | 0.10 | |||||||||||||
| Exercised | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Cancelled | - | - | |||||||||||||
| Balanced, December 31, 2015 | 45,012 | 0.19 | 7.0 | - | |||||||||||
| Exercisable as of December 31, 2015 | 21,207 | 0.20 | 7.0 | - | |||||||||||
| Exercisable as of December 31, 2015 and expected to vest | 21,207 | $ | 0.20 | 7.0 | $ | - | |||||||||
The total grant date fair value of stock options vested during 2015 and 2014 was $788 and $4,242. The Company has recognized of $1,444 and $1,118 for 2015 and 2014.
As of December 31, 2015, there was $2,468 of unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding employee stock options. This amount is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4 years. To the extent the actual forfeiture rate is different from what we have estimated, stock-based compensation expense to be related to these awards will be different from our expectations.
| F-24 |
NOTE 3 – EQUITY SECURITIES (continued)
The weighted-average grant date fair value of the options granted during 2015 and 2014, was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| Expected dividend yield | - | - | ||||||
| Expected price volatility | 56.8% - 63.6 | % | 58.7 | % | ||||
| Risk-free interest rate | 1.79% - 1.87 | % | 2.16% - 2.23 | % | ||||
| Expected life of options in years | 7.0 | 7.0 | ||||||
Since the Company is privately-held, the volatility was estimated using an average volatility based on a pool of publicly-held companies whose business are similar in nature to the Company.
NOTE – 4 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company rents office space on a month to month term from a majority shareholder, officer and director of the Company, during 2015 and 2014, the Company paid the shareholder approximately $16,000 and $7,000, respectively
NOTE - 5 INCOME TAXES
A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the United States federal statutory rate of 34% and a Delaware state rate of 0% compared to the Company's income tax expense as reported is as follows:
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| Net loss before income taxes | $ | (844,479 | ) | $ | (282,045 | ) | ||
| Income tax rate | 34 | % | 34 | % | ||||
| Income tax recovery | (287,000 | ) | (96,000 | ) | ||||
| Valuation allowance change | 287,000 | 96,000 | ||||||
| Provision for income taxes | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
The significant components of deferred income tax assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| Net operating loss carry-forward | $ | 383,000 | $ | 96,000 | ||||
| Valuation allowance | (383,000 | ) | (96,000 | ) | ||||
| Net deferred income tax asset | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| F-25 |
NOTE - 5 INCOME TAXES (continued)
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company has no unrecognized income tax benefits. The Company's policy for classifying interest and penalties associated with unrecognized income tax benefits is to include such items as tax expense. No interest or penalties have been recorded for 2015 and 2014, and no interest or penalties have been accrued as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 the Company did not have any amounts recorded pertaining to uncertain tax positions.
The tax years from 2014 and forward remain open to examination by federal and state authorities due to net operating loss and credit carryforwards. The Company is currently not under examination by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authorities.
NOTE – 6 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In 2016, the Company initiated a second round of convertible notes payable (“2016 Notes). The 2016 Notes have substantial the same terms as the notes issued in 2015. As of the issuance of these financial statements, the total 2016 Notes issued was $498,000.
In accordance with ASC 855, “Subsequent Events”, the Company has evaluated all subsequent events through September 29, 2016, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
| F-26 |
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
| Exhibit 2.1 | Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation* |
| Exhibit 2.2 | Bylaws* |
| Exhibit 3.1 | Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement* |
| Exhibit 4 | Form of Subscription Agreement* |
| Exhibit 5 | Voting Agreement* |
| Exhibit 11 | Consent of Auditor |
| Exhibit 12 | Opinion as to validity of securities* |
| Exhibit 13 | Testing the waters materials* |
* To be filed by amendment to this Offering Circular
| 39 |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this Offering Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los Angeles, State of California, on November 9, 2016.
New Media Trader, Inc.
/s/ Samuel Michie
By Samuel Michie, President
This Offering Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ Chadwick Sahley
Chadwick Sahley, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Date: November 9, 2016
/s/ Samuel Michie
Samuel Michie, President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Date: November 9, 2016
40
,_ OA^UCN;G4/$FKV[Z>;+Q
M'?--$ELDC7"6[+,J(R'^:'X\_$/XY_\ !03XO?M(?M2:OITD^G^!_# \;^(H
MV>7^P?AE\,++6-*\)> O!>GR'?$;U]2U>VLK>Q$L-UK>JMXCUYQ';PWMQ;?I
M1_P;E'/[-\=>G_ M'X48Z@'IZ@'U /%?V;F'@]PMPAX+\4RS'
M+LOS'CK*\G^OYOFU1U*^.R;-\S_LG,L-E]"?M84\/]1RW&*C"'L)\].HZDO>
M<3^2,%XI<2\3>+'#D_!Y ST]J?3(_N+]*?7\6Q=XI]TGW_'
M2_W']?K9;;+;1;+97=EKIJ_4****8PHHHH **** "BBB@ HHHH **** "BBB
M@ HHHH **** "BBB@ HHJO("=^"1VQD@ [4 /7H"?3U-3*7+K:^DG_X#%R_&
MUEYOL';SE%?^!24;_*]_-*R/Y:/^#F?XC"W\-?LI?"""Z(.L^)?B)\3M3L@0
M58>%])T'PIHMU*!RAC;Q?KL=LQP99&E"G9%/7Y??\$R?^"J7AC_@G;X'^*OA
M>Z^ >I?%;6?BAXST;Q)/KMI\1+#P>FFZ3H&A)I>EZ,;*X\':_)=307MSJ]^;
MS[3"KB_5&B\R-Y7]-_X.'/B)_P );^W?I'@R.X+6OPH^!_@O063*R1Q:IXHU
M77_&&HR%=VY;A]-U71]Y+1D+;6Z?)LF+8-K#^SFY_9$_9;O)C<7?[-WP N9V4!GE^#?P\8N
M%& K$^'B2O;!.<$C(SFN2O/V!_V(]0A6"^_9"_9JNHU.X)+\%?AXR[N?F.=!
MW'D_Q,3[XQC6'C+X;RWX+\0<(M-,#XF\01Y;+10]IQ"E96LN=5'_ 'DKHYY^
M$WB)-/VG%G N,<=(O&^'>1RO'1OFE3RF
9!%YBF61 1G0:<+U23(.",*I"\;I 7959%R"Q4LP_N
MY(!_RM/V5_VW?VF_V+_%MKXJ_9\^*.N^$;5+M;K5_ TUPU]\.O%NQ&CB@\6^
M"V\KP]K8@1F6WU&?31XBL Q_L+7=#K_15_X)Y_MR^"?V^_V;/"_QS\*6,&A>
M)H+NX\*_$?P*+L7MUX'\?:9M;6=*65F5Y]%U>QEL=<\*:A="WEO]$U73WO;;
M3]1CO[.U_+N/O#'/. E'%XQQQ>6S;C&M1CJIZN*FUS6.O%7
MP^\6Z2UPFF>(?!GB#7?#^NVL<";O/-]IVKQ27L%QGRX3-(K,^5=$'-?J.*^C
MW@E&O0P7&&(K8[!K_:HRR/FIPETO&G5YTGHG:S6ZNU9_*TO$VC_@K"OQ4UK7/V
M*/V=?$WVCX:^&=8N]%^//CG3KE)[7QWX@L+V-[WP%HJVTB-J7@/X>ZA $\8*
M)(]/\;>)FTC0ENHM"\.W-[XE^_?^"ZO_ 5G3]GSPYJ/[)/[.WB:(_'7QWHX
MM_B?XNTC46M]0^#O@?55\F'2M+NHT#6WQ(\7)
YIP
MK2X4J95&OF^81EC.9\[5>="*5E:U.$9*V_7\#XY\!?\ !KI<>!/'_@CQRG[;
M%IK \'>-?#GC!]'?]FN/2;;5VT77M.U>?3YY[;XY74EO;31V)BB6%3B20%\*
MI)^]/^#C+^":?BO?C)O!7AW2]%@FTW0=8\17$FHWMIXXU.[AA
M:RT6[CC>UTZ\RU3PT+TND9^U'1KZW6Y"!X1(<13318D/^EK^QC;PVW[(7[*=O#$EO!%^SK\
M#%AMH<"&WB_X5CX;V6\0VJ?(0?(@(!V@ XZ#^!/_ (+I6,&F?\%5/VK[6W7;
M;F^^$E^8^B_:=:_9^^%>L7S@ #_6W]S<3,>I+Y.3DU^1^#G$N<9IX@\;8;&Y
MQF52CBX\05)1>*F[/+>()9=AW&4HS4'#")BT8E'E5^TO_!"S]M@_LF?ME:+X6\3:Q)8?
M"#]HEX?A?XZ%Q>K%8:3XN>6_G\#>+7CGN+6UAET/696T>YOS*ZVWA_Q'XHNH
M%NKR:ULA^:>+_"DN*>$%C\&G6Q^6WJ9-[./M/:4DFZU.K12E]:E.$4XIN+ 69QC:6)O3PN8?QVGR24OLNG/_ETDWK9/3J?Z*PD![,/J!_C
M3@P)QS^/_P"NJZW$